Fuji Xerox DocuPrint CM305 df Скачать руководство пользователя страница 710 | Manualshive

Страница: 710 / 879

Fuji Xerox DocuPrint CM305 df Скачать руководство пользователя страница 710

6 – 64

Chapter 6 General

6.4.3.2 Entering diag. CE (Customer Engineer) mode

1) Turn off the power.
2) Turn on the power while holding down "



" and "



" keys.

3) Release the fingers from these keys when "the message" is displayed.
4) The "Service Mode", "Printer" and "FAX/Scanner" are displayed. (Entered the Diag. mode.)

6.4.3.3 Selecting Diag. mode

NOTE

Once FAX/Scanner Diag or Printer Diag is selected, the diag mode cannot be
changed. To change the diag mode, exit the selected diag mode and enter the diag
mode again.

There are two diag modes in the CE (Customer Engineer) diag.
-FAX/Scanner Diag
The menu of the FAX, ADF and Scanner relation.
-Printer Diag
The menu of the printer relation.

6.4.3.4 Selecting Diag. item

The diagnosis setting items are configured as menus, which can be operated with the control panel
keys. Arrow keys select menu items and "OK" key activates functions.

6.4.3.5 Change method parameters value

For parameter setting, pressing "OK" key after selecting an item from the menu displays the cur-
rent setting value of the item. Then a numeric value selected by "



" and "



" keys are written into

the NVM by "OK" key.

6.4.3.6 Executing/Exiting Diag. mode

The diagnosis can be executed by as follows.
1) A test item is displayed. "OK" key fixed the test item.
2) The display prompts the user to start the test. Press

“

OK

”

key and start the test.

The diagnosis can be stopped by as follows.
1) During the diagnosis test, press "STOP" key.
2) The diagnosis is stopped, and the display indicates the one step higher menu.

NOTE

If an error occurs during the diag. sequence, the diagnosis displays the error and
stops, leaving the remaining items unperformed.

Pressing “STOP” or “OK” key releases the error display, and then the menu items
are displayed.

«
...
708
709
710
711
712
...
»

Содержание DocuPrint CM305 df

Страница 1: ...DocuPrint CM305 df Service Manual 1st Edition ...

Страница 2: ......

Страница 3: ...l Revision and Modification Information When design changes or revisions relating to this service manual occur the overseas technical information or overseas service bulletin may be issued as supplementary information until such changes are accomodated in the updated version of this service manual CAUTION Important changes including revisions of spare part numbers and adjustment specifications mus...

Страница 4: ...Company Name Department Name Telephone No Full Name Employee No ...

Страница 5: ...tions Chapter 1 Service Call Procedure Chapter 2 Troubleshooting Chapter 3 Image Quality Troubleshooting Chapter 4 Disassembly Assembly and Adjustments Chapter 5 Parts List Chapter 6 General Chapter 7 Wiring Data Chapter 8 Accessories Not yet issued Chapter 9 Installation Chapter 10 Machine Overview ...

Страница 6: ......

Страница 7: ...Preface ...

Страница 8: ......

Страница 9: ...le of Contents 1 Getting to know the Service Manual Preface 1 2 How to use the Service Manual Preface 1 2 1 Contents of Manual Preface 1 2 2 Information on Updating Preface 2 3 Terms and Symbols Preface 3 4 Abbreviations Preface 4 ...

Страница 10: ......

Страница 11: ...ers as described below Chapter 1 Service Call Procedure This chapter describes the general work and servicing procedures for the maintenance of the DocuPrint CM305 df Chapter 2 Troubleshooting This chapter describes the troubleshooting procedures other than image quality troubleshooting of the DocuPrint CM305 df It also describes how to use the diagnostics and some programs Chapter 3 Image Quality...

Страница 12: ...l be revised and sent to each customer engineer as specified below Revisions must be incorporated correctly to keep the manual up to date Updating Procedure When the entire manual is revised 1st Edition on the front cover will be renewed to 1st Edition 2nd Edition 3rd Edition and so on When this manual is partially revised revisions will be sequentially indicated as Revision A Revision B Revision ...

Страница 13: ...describe the technical terminology and supplementary explanations OBJECTIVE Used to explain purpose of adjustment REP Indicates the disassembly assembly procedure for reference ADJ Indicates the adjustment procedure for reference PL Indicates the parts list for reference ASSY Means Assembly Safety Critical Components SCC Control of the safety of components that are designated Safety Critical Compo...

Страница 14: ... INLK Interlock IOT Image Output Terminal K Black L Left L H Left Hand LD Laser diode LDD Lightly Doped Drain LED Light emitting diode LEF Long Edge Feed LH Left Hand LV Low Voltage LVPS Low Voltage Power Supply M Magenta MAG Mag Roll MCU Machine Control Unit MOB Marks On Belt MOT Motor MSI Multi Sheet Inserter N P No Paper NVM Non Volatile Memory OEM Original Equipment Manufacuring OHP Overhead P...

Страница 15: ...Chapter 1 Service Call Procedure ...

Страница 16: ......

Страница 17: ...g 1 1 1 1 1 Safety 1 1 1 1 2 Notes on the Handling of Customer Information 1 3 1 1 3 Other Things to Note 1 4 1 2 Servicing Call Procedure 1 5 1 3 Detailed Contents of the Service Call 1 6 1 3 1 TRIM Servicing Procedure 1 6 1 3 2 TRIM Check List 1 7 1 4 Machine Consumables and Periodic Replacement Parts 1 9 ...

Страница 18: ......

Страница 19: ...ion properly Modifications that hinder the function of any safety devices are strictly prohibited 5 Installing and removing the parts The edge of parts and covers may be sharp take care not to touch them If the oil gets onto your hand wipe it off before getting on with the servicing When removing parts or cables do not pull them out by force but remove them slowly 6 Specified Tools Follow the inst...

Страница 20: ...d properly the battery can explode Dispose of the old battery according to the instructions 11 Other Safety Precautions For safety you should also pay attention to precautions other than the above 1 to 10 items Follow the SAFE WORKING PRACTICES FOR ENGINEERS issued by FXAP EH S Environmental Health and Safety to ensure greater safety during servicing ...

Страница 21: ...ore discarding it in order never to let the information leak out Detailed in the prefaces to chapters 4 and 5 2 If the replacement of PWB HDD proves that it is not the cause of a specific problem be sure to reinstall it in the machine If having installed removed PWB HDD temporarily for diagnostics clear information in Diag 3 If When it is impossible to clear information electrically from HDD shred...

Страница 22: ... For the separation and processing methods for the collected items refer to the Common Technical Information No 2 138 for all machines If you have replaced the following consumables affix the U sticker for the recyclable parts to be handled appropriately Drum Cartridge Individual Color Toner Cartridge For recyclable parts fill the necessary items in the U TAG and perform collection 5 General preca...

Страница 23: ...ctive trays and if necessary clean or replace the Feed Roll 4 Repair all the secondary problems 5 Perform TRIM servicing SM Call 1 Check the print quality using the test patterns on the machine 2 Feed paper from the respective trays and if necessary clean or replace the Feed Roll 3 Repair all the secondary problems 4 Perform TRIM servicing Final Actions 1 Check overall operation features 2 Check t...

Страница 24: ...ailure 2 Gradation pattern Checks for improper low density reproducibility color balance and fusing failure 3 Grid pattern Checks for color misalignment and fusing failure Refer to Chapter 6 General 6 4 4 2 5 Test Print on executing test print 2 Clean the interior of the machine Clean toner residues and paper powder etc in the paper delivery system Clean especially the operation section of the ope...

Страница 25: ...ck and clean the Feed Roll Retard Roll for every Tray and SSI 3 1 Fusing Unit B C 50K REP 6 1 Check that Heat Roll Pressure Roll are not scratched Replace where necessary 3 2 PHD Assy B C 20K Visual check only Do not touch with hand 4 Platen Glass A The platen glass can be cleaned with a moistened line free cloth only Do not use any kind of cleaning agent to clean the glass 5 Safety Precautions B ...

Страница 26: ...1 8 Chapter 1 Service Call Procedure CAUTION Do not touch the Drum Toner Cartridges with hand Do not use solvents such as Drum cleaner Long time is required for recovery ...

Страница 27: ... Code Expected yield Print Cartridge 3K Black 1 AP Korea Taiwan CT201632 3kPV China CT201636 3kPV Print Cartridge 3K Cyan 1 AP Korea Taiwan CT201633 3kPV China CT201637 3kPV Print Cartridge 3K Magenta 1 AP Korea Taiwan CT201634 3kPV China CT201638 3kPV Print Cartridge 3K Yellow 1 AP Korea Taiwan CT201635 3kPV China CT201639 3kPV PHD Unit 1 AP Korea Taiwan CT350876 20kPV China Product Name Product ...

Страница 28: ...1 10 Chapter 1 Service Call Procedure Blank Page ...

Страница 29: ...Chapter 2 Troubleshooting ...

Страница 30: ......

Страница 31: ... 362 117 363 117 365 123 314 131 398 131 399 133 259 133 260 133 261 133 269 133 271 133 272 133 273 133 274 133 276 133 277 133 281 133 282 133 283 133 286 133 287 133 288 133 289 ESS Error 2 46 FIP 1 9 016 503 016 504 016 505 016 506 016 507 016 764 016 786 Server Setting Error 2 47 FIP 1 10 016 520 Ipsec Certificate Error 2 48 FIP 1 11 016 530 LDAP Address Book Access Error 2 49 FIP 1 12 016 71...

Страница 32: ... SMB Error 2 75 FIP 1 38 031 576 031 579 031 581 031 584 031 587 031 594 031 598 FTP File Appended Error 2 76 FIP 1 39 031 578 031 580 031 582 031 585 031 588 031 595 FTP File Chenged Error 2 77 FIP 1 40 033 501 CODEC Error 2 78 FIP 1 41 033 511 Communication Error 2 79 FIP 1 42 033 512 034 515 034 799 035 701 035 702 035 704 035 705 035 706 035 708 035 709 035 710 035 716 035 717 035 718 035 720 ...

Страница 33: ...fe Pre Warning 2 144 FIP 1 83 091 912 PHD Tape Staying 2 145 FIP 1 84 091 916 IOT PHD CRUM ID Error 2 146 FIP 1 85 091 935 IOT PHD Life Over 2 147 FIP 1 86 091 941 091 942 091 943 091 944 IOT CRU Waste YMCK Full 2 148 FIP 1 87 091 972 IOT PHD Detached 2 149 FIP 1 88 092 310 IOT CTD ACD Sensor Error 2 150 FIP 1 89 092 410 092 910 CTD ADC Sensor Dustiness Warning IOT CTD ADC Sensor Dustiness 2 153 F...

Страница 34: ...ise Troubleshooting 2 171 2 4 2 Operation Mode Table 2 172 FIP 1 N1 Noise When Power is Turned On 2 172 FIP 1 N2 Noise During Standby 2 174 FIP 1 N3 Noise During Printing Checking for other items than power on noise 2 175 2 5 Other FIP 2 178 FIP Electrical Noise 2 178 FIP AC Power 2 179 FIP DC Power 2 180 FIP Multiple Feed 2 181 FIP Control Panel Freezes 2 182 FIP Freezes with Printing during Fax ...

Страница 35: ...edure FIP Operation of Diagnostic Chapter 6 Wiring Data Chapter 7 and Machine Overview Chapter 10 2 1 1 Flow of Troubleshooting Flow of the troubleshooting is as follows Installation status check Trouble status check Execute FIP Trouble recovery check End Send back printer or parts to the factory check it the engineer Operation of Diagnostic Machine Overview Wiring Data Reference information When ...

Страница 36: ...den temperature changes 5 The Multi Function Printer is not installed at or near water facilities humidifier heating appliance fire dust or in airflow from air conditioner 6 The Multi Function Printer is not installed in a place subjected to volatile or inflammable gas 7 The Multi Function Printer is not installed under direct sunlight 8 The Multi Function Printer is installed in a well ventilated...

Страница 37: ...remove the connector P J16 on the PWB MCU unless otherwise required WARNING When checking some parts with the Front Cover removed and the printer powered ON be sure to remove the connector P J16 on the MCU Otherwise a high voltage may be output from the HVPS When connecting the connecter P J16 on the MCU according to the instructions in the FIP never touch the HVPS and high voltage parts 4 When ou...

Страница 38: ...1 P J2 in the FIP means measurement for all terminals corresponding between P J1 and P J2 based on iring Diagrams 8 In P J1 2PIN P J3 4PIN in the FIP where voltage is measured P J3 4PIN on the rear negative side is always at the AG analog ground SG signal ground or RTN return Therefore after checking of proper conductivity between AGs SGs or RTNs respectively the rear negative side can be connecte...

Страница 39: ...nd the cassette below it is called Tray 2 15 Some of the instructions in the FIP are branched off depending on the specifications Follow the applicable instruction 16 For some optional components you may have to refer to the manual of the relevant component for troubleshooting Have the relevant manual at hand as needed ...

Страница 40: ... 2 If menu settings changed from the operator panel have no effect check and try the actions below Settings in the software program the printer driver or the printer utilities are overriding the settings made on the operator panel a Change the menu settings from the printer driver the printer utilities or the software program instead of the operator panel b Disable the settings in the printer driv...

Страница 41: ...nvelope misfeeds or multiple feeds occur check and try the action below a Remove the stack of envelops from the Single Sheet Feeder SSF 5 If page breaks in unexpected places check and try the action below a Check the Job Timeout in the Basic Settings menu and increase the setting 6 If a job prints from the wrong source or on the wrong print media check and try the action below a Check the Paper Si...

Страница 42: ...ts original packaging until you are ready to use it This limits the exposure of the paper to moisture changes that can degrade its performance Grain Direction Grain refers to the alignment of the paper fibers in a sheet of paper Grain is either grain long running the length of the paper or grain short running the width of the paper For 60 g m2 to 135 g m2 16 lb to 36 lb bond paper grain long fiber...

Страница 43: ... paper that you have cut or trimmed 4 Do not mix print media sizes weights or types in the same source This may result in a paper jam 5 Do not remove the tray while printing is in progress 6 Ensure that the paper is properly loaded in the tray 7 Flex the paper back and forth and then fan them Straighten the edges of the stack on a level surface Identifying Print Media Sources and Specifications Th...

Страница 44: ... Thick Y Y N N Coated Normal Y N N N Thick Y N N N Label Normal N Y N N Thick N Y N N Envelope Y Y N N Recycled Y Y Y Y Y Y Y N Letterhead Y Y Y Y Preprinted Y Y Y Y Prepunched Y Y Y Y Color Y Y Y Y Y Y Y N Paper type Weight g m2 Remarks Plain 60 90 Plain Thick 80 90 105 Recycled 60 105 Labels Inkjet printer paper cannot be used Covers 106 163 Covers Thick 164 216 Envelope Coated 106 163 Inkjet pr...

Страница 45: ...od correct Turn off and turn on the Power Does error still occur when print is done by the problem mode When status code or LCD display is displayed When image quality trouble is occurred When abnormal noise is occurred Instruct how to operate End of work Refer to 2 3 Error Code FIP Refer to 3 2 Entry Chart for Image Quality Troubleshooting Refer to 2 2 3 Status Code List Refer to 3 5 Image Qualit...

Страница 46: ...T Fusing Unit Life Over The value of Fusing Unit counter has reached the replacement time FIP 1 5 397 Fuser Error Error 010 397 Error Code xxxxxxxx Restart Printer IOT Fusing Unit Failure The operation error of Fusing Unit Temperature anomaly error etc is detected FIP 1 6 421 Ready to Print Replace Fuser Soon Life Almost Over IOT Fusing Unit Near Life The Fusing Unit is approaching the replacement...

Страница 47: ...IP 1 13 737 Format Error Error 016 737 Press Ok Button Download Format Error Download file format is invalid FIP 1 14 741 Protection Error Error 016 741 Press Ok Button Download Protect Error Performed FW download although FW update is prohibited by panel settings FIP 1 14 742 Invalid ID Error 016 742 Press Ok Button Download ID Error Download file ID is invalid FIP 1 14 743 Range Check Error Erro...

Страница 48: ...Invalid Sender Address Login Error Sender email address is incorrect Check the E mail Alert Reply Address 770 Network Error Invalid MPC FW Error 016 770 Press Ok Button MPC Firmware Version Mismatch Error occurred when connecting to server during file transfer Check the network settings and Scan to Net settings 786 Network Scan Error Communication Timeout Error 016 786 Press Ok Button Data Send Re...

Страница 49: ...Press Ok Button Flash ROM Error Erase error of image data storage Flash ROM FIP 1 25 973 MFP Controller Error Error 017 973 Press Ok Button Flash ROM Error Suspend error of image data storage Flash ROM FIP 1 25 974 MFP Controller Error Error 017 974 Press Ok Button Flash ROM Error Resume error of image data storage Flash ROM FIP 1 25 975 MFP Controller Error Error 017 975 Press Ok Button File Erro...

Страница 50: ...to be pressed after reloading paper to the SSF Printer starts printing automatically after a certain period of time even if the key is not pressed FIP 1 31 026 720 Memory Full USB Memory full Error 026 720 Press Ok Button USB Memory Full USB memory is full FIP 1 19 721 File Write Error Error 026 721 Press Ok Button USB Memory Write Error Writing to USB memory failed FIP 1 19 027 446 Ready to Print...

Страница 51: ...ress Ok Button Problem with storage location of scanned image in SMB scan server Problem with storage location FIP 1 37 531 SMB List Error Error 031 531 Press Ok Button Couldn t get file folder name of SMB scan server Couldn t get file folder name of server FIP 1 37 532 SMB Error File Name Error Error 031 532 Press Ok Button Suffix of SMB scan file name folder name is overlimit Suffix of file name...

Страница 52: ...k Button SMB protocol error 4 047 Password change is required Password change is required Change the password 546 SMB Login Error Error 031 546 Press Ok Button SMB protocol error 4 048 User is invalid User is invalid FIP 1 37 547 SMB Login Error Error 031 547 Press Ok Button SMB protocol error 4 049 Lockout User is locked out FIP 1 37 548 SMB Login Error Error 031 548 Press Ok Button SMB protocol ...

Страница 53: ...ath FIP 1 38 580 FTP Error NLST Command Error Error 031 580 Press Ok Button Fail to get file name folder name of FTP scan server NLST command failed FIP 1 39 581 FTP Error File Name Error Error 031 581 Press Ok Button Suffix of FTP scan file name folder name is overlimit Same as left FIP 1 38 582 FTP Error STOR Command Error Error 031 582 Press Ok Button FTP Scan File Creation Fail STOR command fa...

Страница 54: ...x Codec Error Error 033 501 Press Ok Button CODEC Error Cancel Codec processing due to error of read part during manual send FIP 1 40 502 Fax Error Error 033 502 Press Ok Button File Open Error The File Open error occurred FIP 1 8 503 MFP Memory Full Error 033 503 Press Ok Button Memory Full In receive memory full FIP 1 24 510 Fax Codec Error Error 033 510 Press Ok Button CODEC Error In JBIG data ...

Страница 55: ... Codec Error Error 033 523 Press Ok Button JBF_ERROR_MARKER_NOT_FOUND Predetermined marker cannot be found FIP 1 8 524 Fax Codec Error Error 033 524 Press Ok Button JBF_ERROR_MARKER_BAD_ATMOVE Adaptive template is moved incorrectly FIP 1 8 525 Fax Codec Error Error 033 525 Press Ok Button JBF_ERROR_MARKER_BAD_NEWLEN Image height is changed incorrectly FIP 1 8 526 Fax Codec Error Error 033 526 Pres...

Страница 56: ... 762 Fax Communication Error Error 033 762 Press Ok Button DM Prevention Function Receive Refuse The incoming data was rejected by the DM prevention function FIP 1 45 763 Fax Communication Error Error 033 763 Press Ok Button Manual Transmission Read Manuscript Not Do In manual send cannot make document read on time FIP 1 25 764 Fax Communication Error Error 033 764 Press Ok Button Draw Data Create...

Страница 57: ...ress Ok Button NSS DCS Function disagreement Received NSS DCS function disagrees with capability of own terminal FIP 1 48 784 Fax Codec Error Error 033 784 Press Ok Button Buffer Job Failure In FAX receive JBIG decode output buffer overflow FIP 1 47 786 Fax Codec Error Error 033 786 Press Ok Button Codec Error Job Failure In JBIG data decode discrepancy between the number of decode line and the nu...

Страница 58: ...ton DCS NSS Resend Over DCS NSS resend over FIP 1 42 706 Fax Communication Error Error 035 706 Press Ok Button Fall Back Error Fall back error FIP 1 42 708 Fax Communication Error Error 035 708 Press Ok Button Post Message Resend Over Post message resend over FIP 1 42 709 Fax Communication Error Error 035 709 Press Ok Button G3 Send RTN PIN Receive In G3 send receive RTN PIN FIP 1 42 710 Fax Commu...

Страница 59: ... Fax Communication Error Error 035 740 Press Ok Button ECM Send EOR Q Send IN ECM send send EOR Q FIP 1 42 742 Fax Communication Error Error 035 742 Press Ok Button ECM Receive EOR Q Receive IN ECM receive receive EOR Q FIP 1 42 779 Fax Communication Error Error 035 779 Press Ok Button FAX FWD document change error FAX forward document change error FIP 1 51 781 Target Fax Busy Error 035 781 Press ...

Страница 60: ...e FIP 1 59 061 370 Laser Error Error 061 370 Error Code xxxxxxxx Restart Printer IOT ROS Failure The operation error of ROS rotational error etc is detected FIP 1 60 062 311 Scanner Error Error 062 311 Restart Printer IIT Initializing Error The IIT initializing error occurred FIP 1 61 320 Scanner Error Error 062 320 Restart Printer Scanner Error The image acquisition error occurred FIP 1 62 321 Sc...

Страница 61: ...sor detect when a paper is inserted from SSF FIP 1 70 102 Jam at Manual Feed Slot Remove Paper from Manual Feed Slot Open Close Front Cover IOT SSF Paper Pullout JAM Though it tried to feed a paper from SSF the paper was not loaded or it was pulled out forcibly from SSF FIP 1 70 923 Reseat Paper in the Manual Feed Slot Waiting for reseat paper of SSF Wait for the paper on SSF to be reseated FIP 1 ...

Страница 62: ...AM The paper remains at the Exit Sensor FIP 1 79 901 Jam at Front Cover Open Front Cover and Remove Paper IOT Remain Registration JAM The paper remains at the Regi Sensor FIP 1 80 907 Jam at Duplexer Open Front Cover Lift Duplexer and Remove Paper IOT Remain Duplex JAM The paper remains at the Duplex area FIP 1 81 091 402 Ready to Print Replace Imaging Unit Soon Life Almost Over IOT PHD Life Pre W...

Страница 63: ...ated on the LCD panel in the following order 1 Black 2 Cyan 3 Magenta 4 Yellow FIP 1 91 424 Ready to Print Replace Magenta Toner Soon Life Almost Over IOT Toner Cartridge M Near Life The Toner Cartridge M is approaching the replacement time When all the toner cartridges are simultaneously approaching the replacement time a warning is indicated on the LCD panel in the following order 1 Black 2 Cyan...

Страница 64: ...artridge M Life Over The Toner Cartridge M has reached the replacement time When all the toner cartridges have simultaneously reached the replacement time a warning is indicated on the LCD panel in the following order 1 Black 2 Cyan 3 Magenta 4 Yellow FIP 1 95 932 Replace Cyan Cartridge IOT Toner Cartridge C Life Over The Toner Cartridge C has reached the replacement time When all the toner cartri...

Страница 65: ...rder 1 Black 2 Cyan 3 Magenta 4 Yellow FIP 1 96 973 Insert Black Toner Cartridge IOT Toner Cartridge K Detached The Toner Cartridge K is not installed in the printer If no toner cartridge has been installed in the printer a warning is indicated on the LCD panel in the following order 1 Black 2 Cyan 3 Magenta 4 Yellow FIP 1 96 094 422 Ready to Print Replace Transfer Unit Soon Life Almost Over IOT B...

Страница 66: ... error occurred between the PCI BUS port and the port of peripheral devices FIP 1 101 362 PCI Error Error 116 362 Restart Printer PCI Bus 0 Host Bridge Controller Error Connection error occurred between the PCI BUS port and the port of peripheral devices FIP 1 101 363 PCI Error Error 116 363 Restart Printer PCI Bus 1 Host Bridge Controller Error Connection error occurred between the PCI BUS port a...

Страница 67: ...FP EEPROM Error Error 117 362 Restart Printer EEPROM Sum Check Error EEPROM sumcheck value error FIP 1 8 363 MFP NVM Error Error 117 363 Restart Printer NVM Sum Check Error NVM sumcheck value error FIP 1 8 365 RTC Low Voltage Error Error 117 365 Restart Printer Low Voltage RTC detected Low Voltage RTC clock setting and content of SRAM are invalid Initialize them FIP 1 8 123 314 Control Panel Error...

Страница 68: ...The Memory Pool release error occurred OS error FIP 1 25 243 Fax Error Error 133 243 Restart Printer Message Send Error The Message communication error occurred OS error FIP 1 25 244 Fax Error Error 133 244 Restart Printer Message Receive Error The message reception error occurred OS error FIP 1 25 246 Fax Error Error 133 246 Restart Printer Memory Pool Get Error The Memory Pool acquisition error ...

Страница 69: ...ol release error occurred FIP 1 8 274 Fax Error Error 133 274 Restart Printer Message Receive Error The Message Receive error occurred FIP 1 8 276 Fax Error Error 133 276 Restart Printer File Open Error The File Open error occurred FIP 1 8 277 Fax Error Error 133 277 Restart Printer File Close Error The File Close error occurred FIP 1 8 279 Fax Error Error 133 279 Restart Printer FAX CODEC I F Err...

Страница 70: ...ase Error The File Erase error occurred FIP 1 8 290 Fax Error Error 133 290 Restart Printer Print Decode Error A decoding error occurred three times consecutively during the decoding of JBIG data FIP 1 42 134 211 Fax Error Error 134 211 Restart Printer Fax Card Modem Error Fax Card parts error MODEM error FIP 1 103 193 700 Ready to Print Non Xerox Toner Custom Toner Mode The printer is in custom t...

Страница 71: ...onnected surely Go to step 5 Reconnect the connector s P J27 P J273 and or P J419 surely then go to step 4 4 Does the error still occur when printing Go to step 5 End of work 5 Checking the HARN ASSY TRAY for continuity Disconnect P J419 from the PWBA FEED H Disconnect P J273 from the HARN ASSY OPTION Is each cable of P J419 P J273 continuous Go to step 6 Replace the HARN ASSY TRAY 6 Checking the ...

Страница 72: ...ainst platen glass completely Go to step 4 Close the ADF completely 4 Checking the paper feeding Does the ADF feed the document Go to step 5 Go to step 7 5 Checking the document path Open the ADF Cover and check the document path Is there the foreign substance on the document path Remove the foreign substance Go to step 6 6 Checking after replacing the KIT ADF ASSY Replace the KIT ADF ASSY Refer t...

Страница 73: ...se the ADF Cover 2 Checking the COVER TOP ADF Are there any damages on the COVER TOP ADF Replace the COVER TOP ADF Go to step 3 3 Checking the connector connection Reseat the connector P J1003 on the PWBA ESS AIO Does the error still occur when copying Go to step 4 End of work 4 Checking after replacing the ADF ASSY Replace the KIT ADF ASSY Refer to REP9 1 Does the error still occur when copying R...

Страница 74: ...Check the connections between the PWBA MCU P J17 and FUSING UNIT P J171 Check the connections between the FUSING UNIT P J171 and PWBA LVPS P J47 Check the connections between the PWBA LVPS P J501 and P J502 and PWBA MCU P J14 and P J15 Are these connectors connected correctly Go to step 4 Reconnect the connector s P J17 P J47 P J171 P J501 P J502 P J14 and or P J15 correctly then go to step 3 3 Do...

Страница 75: ...1 8pin J171 6pin J171 7pin Can the resistances be measured The resistances are 7 k ohm at 180 degrees C Go to step 6 Warning Start the operation after the FUSING UNIT has cooled down Replace the FUSING UNIT Refer to REP6 1 After replacement be sure to clear the life counter value 6 Checking after the PWBA LVPS Replace the PWBA LVPS Refer to REP8 9 Does the error still occur when the power is turne...

Страница 76: ...re to clear the life counter value Go to step 2 2 Checking after resetting the FUSING UNIT Reseat the FUSING UNIT Warning Start the operation after the FUSING UNIT has cooled down Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON Go to step 3 End of work 3 Checking after replacing the FUSING UNIT Replace the FUSING UNIT Refer to REP6 1 Warning Start the operation after the FUSING UNIT...

Страница 77: ...A MCU P J17 and FUSING UNIT P J171 Check the connections between the FUSING UNIT P J171 and PWBA LVPS P J47 Check the connections between the PWBA LVPS P J501 and P J502 and PWBA MCU P J14 and P J15 Are these connectors connected correctly Go to step 5 Reconnect the connector s P J17 P J47 P J171 P J501 P J502 P J14 and or P J15 correctly then go to step 4 4 Does the error still occur when the pow...

Страница 78: ...oled down Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON NOTE After replacement be sure to clear the life counter value Go to step 8 End of work 8 Checking after the PWBA LVPS Replace the PWBA LVPS Refer to REP8 9 Does the error still occur when the power is turned off and on Replace the KIT PWBA MCU Refer to REP8 10 End of work Step Check Remedy Yes No ...

Страница 79: ...UNIT has cooled down Go to step 3 Reseat the FUSING UNIT then go step 2 2 Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON Go to step 3 End of work 3 Checking after replacing the FUSING UNIT Replace the FUSING UNIT Refer to REP6 1 Warning Start the operation after the FUSING UNIT has cooled down Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON NOTE After replacement be ...

Страница 80: ...64 116 390 116 396 116 987 117 315 117 331 117 344 117 362 117 363 117 365 123 314 131 398 131 399 133 259 133 260 133 261 133 269 133 271 133 272 133 273 133 274 133 276 133 277 133 281 133 282 133 283 133 286 133 287 133 288 133 289 ESS Error Step Check Remedy Yes No Possible causative parts PWBA ESS AIO PL8 1 2 1 Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON Replace the KIT PWB...

Страница 81: ...ector Does the error still occur when using the server Go to step 3 End of work 3 Checking the network setting Is the printer network setting correctly Go to step 4 Set the Wired in the Admin Menu 4 Checking the server setting Is the Address Book setting correctly Go to step 5 Set the Address Book in the Admin Menu 5 Checking the spec Does the printer spec meet the server spec Go to step 6 Change ...

Страница 82: ...ESS AIO PL8 1 2 PWBA MCU PL8 3 6 1 Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON Go to step 2 End of work 2 Checking after replacing the PWBA ESS AIO Replace the KIT PWBA ESS AIO Refer to REP8 2 Does the error still occur when the power is turned off and on Replace the KIT PWBA MCU Refer to REP8 10 End of work ...

Страница 83: ... Is the LDAP setting correctly Go to step 4 Set the LDAP 2 Checking the firmware version Is the firmware the latest version Go to step 3 Upgrade the firmware then go to step 3 3 Checking the PWBA ESS AIO installation Reseat the KIT PWBA ESS AIO Refer to REP8 2 Does the error still occur when turning off and on the power Replace the KIT PWBA ESS AIO Refer to REP8 2 End of work ...

Страница 84: ...al memory Or re install it properly 2 Checking after setting the Print Mode to Standard via the printer driver Set the Print Mode of the printer driver to Standard Does the error persist during printing Go to step 3 End of work 3 Deleting the data by executing Clear Storage Execute Clear Storage under Maintenance in the Control Panel Does the error persist during printing The current printing job ...

Страница 85: ...e specifications Go to step 2 Use a cable that meets the specifications For local printer USB cable USB2 0 For network printer Ethernet cable 10Base T 100Base TX 1000Base T 2 Checking cable plug unplug Plug and unplug the cable USB cable or I F cable Does the error still occur when printing Go to step 3 End of work 3 Checking after replacing the Cable Replace the the cable USB cable or I F cable D...

Страница 86: ...Printer and PC or Printer and Hub For local printer USB cable USB2 0 For network printer Ethernet cable 10Base T 100Base TX 1000Base T Does the cable meet the specifications Go to step 3 Use a cable that meets the specifications For local printer USB cable USB2 0 For network printer Ethernet cable 10Base T 100Base TX 1000Base T 3 Checking cable plug unplug Plug and unplug the cable Does the error ...

Страница 87: ...rd error PDF print disabled error Step Check Remedy Yes No Possible causative parts 1 Checking the PDF data Enter the correct PDF document password again Change the PDF document security setting Does the error still occur when printing End of work Upgrade the firmware ...

Страница 88: ...6 757 Auditron Invalid User Step Check Remedy Yes No Possible causative parts 1 Checking the user s account setting Set the correct user s account user name and password Does the error still occur when printing End of work Upgrade the firmware ...

Страница 89: ...IP 1 17 016 758 Auditron Disabled Function Step Check Remedy Yes No Possible causative parts 1 Checking the Black White setting Set the Color Mode to the Color Does the error still occur when printing End of work Upgrade the firmware ...

Страница 90: ...uditron Reached Limit Step Check Remedy Yes No Possible causative parts 1 Checking the XEROX Color Track setting Set the correct value of User Registration exceed the limitation Does the error still occur when printing End of work Upgrade the firmware ...

Страница 91: ...rror Step Check Remedy Yes No Possible causative parts PWBA ESS AIO PL8 1 2 1 Checking the USB Memory Does the USB Memory meet the printer Replace the KIT PWBA ESS AIO Refer to REP8 2 Change the USB Memory that satisfies the specification Refe r to 19 Scanning in the UserGuide ...

Страница 92: ...ill occur when printing Go to step 3 End of work 3 Checking the paper size setup Does the using paper size match the printer setup value Go to step 5 Go to step 4 4 Setup the paper size through your PC Does the error still occur when printing Go to step 5 End of work 5 Checking the printing job Does the error still occur when printing the Windows test print Go to step 6 End of work 6 Checking the ...

Страница 93: ...SB HOST Error Step Check Remedy Yes No Possible causative parts PWBA ESS AIO PL8 1 2 1 Checking after remove the devices from the USB port Does the error still occur when the power is turned off and on Replace the KIT PWBA ESS AIO Refer to REP8 2 End of work ...

Страница 94: ...file like a Windows test page Does the error still occur when printing Go to step 3 Add the MEMORY CARD or divide the printing job 3 Is the customer using the recommended memory card Go to step 4 Replace to the recommended memory card 4 Checking the MEMORY CARD OPTION installation Reseat the MEMORY CARD OPTION Does the error still occur when turning on the power Go to step 5 End of work 5 Checking...

Страница 95: ...or still occur when turning on the power Go to step 2 End of work 2 Checking the file data in the printer Print out the stored files at the printer memory Does the error still occur when turning on the power Go to step 3 End of work 3 Checking the PWBA ESS AIO installation Reseat the KIT PWBA ESS AIO Refer to REP8 2 Does the error still occur when turning on the power Replace the KIT PWBA ESS AIO ...

Страница 96: ...ng FAX Jobs will be sent Or delete the Pending FAX data Go to step 2 2 Checking the Job Status Print Menu Secure Receive Does the Secure Receive message in the display appear Print the Secure Receive data Go to step 3 3 Checking the firmware version Is the firmware the latest version Go to step 4 Upgrade the firmware then go to step 4 4 Checking after replacing the PWBA FAX Replace the PWBA FAX Re...

Страница 97: ...133 239 133 240 133 241 133 242 133 243 133 244 133 246 133 247 133 248 133 249 133 251 133 252 133 253 133 254 133 280 PWBA FAX Error Step Check Remedy Yes No Possible causative parts PWBA ESS AIO PL8 1 2 PWBA FAX PL8 1 5 1 Checking the firmware version Is the firmware the latest version Go to step 2 Upgrade the firmware then go to step 2 2 Checking after replacing the PWBA FAX Replace the PWBA F...

Страница 98: ...ROX Printers the Xerox WC 6505 and the ScanButton Manager in order Is the setting of ScanButton Manager correct Go to step 5 Set these items correctly Scan Form Image Type Resolution Paper size Output Destination NOTE Check that the directory specified for Output Destination really exists 5 Checking the software Checked by the following procedures 1 Select the Xerox WC 6505 in the Scanners and Cam...

Страница 99: ... OFF procedures of the power Go to step 2 End of work 1 2 Checking the firmware version Is the firmware the latest version Go to step 3 Upgrade the firmware then go to step 3 3 Checking after resetting the PWBA MCU Reseat the PWBA MCU Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON Go to step 4 End of work 1 4 Checking after replacing the PWBA MCU Replace the KIT PWBA MCU Refer to R...

Страница 100: ...y Yes No Possible causative parts PWBA MCU PL8 3 6 1 Checking the firmware version Is the firmware the latest version Go to step 2 Upgrade the firmware then go to step 2 2 Checking the error Does the error still occur when printing Replace the KIT PWBA MCU Refer to REP8 10 End of work ...

Страница 101: ...medy Yes No Possible causative parts PWBA ESS AIO PL8 1 2 1 Checking the firmware version Is the firmware the latest version Go to step 2 Upgrade the firmware then go to step 2 2 Checking the error Does the error still occur when printing Replace the KIT PWBA ESS AIO Refer to REP8 2 End of work ...

Страница 102: ...cted correctly Go to step 4 Reconnect the connector s P J10 and or P J101 correctly then go to step 3 3 Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON Go to step 4 End of work 4 Checking the HARNESS ASSY ESS MG AIO for continuity Disconnect J10 from the PWBA MCU Disconnect J101 from the PWBA ESS AIO Is each cable of J10 J101 continuous Go to step 5 Replace the HARNESS ASSY ESS MG A...

Страница 103: ...nue key to be pressed after reloading paper to the SSF Step Check Remedy Yes No Possible causative parts PWBA ESS AIO PL8 1 2 1 Checking the error Does the error still occur when the power is turned off and on Replace the KIT PWBA ESS AIO Refer to REP8 2 End of work ...

Страница 104: ...6 027 452 IPv6 duplicate IPv4 duplicate Step Check Remedy Yes No Possible causative parts 1 Checking the IP addresses Remove the duplicate IP addresses Does the error still occur when the power is turned off and on End of work Upgrade the firmware ...

Страница 105: ...e login again 2 Checking the access limitation Does the system administrator set the access limit number Ask to the system administrator Go to step 3 3 Checking the printer setting Is the Scan To Network of the Scan Defaults in the Scan of the Default Settings the Computer Go to step 4 Set to Computer 4 Checking the network Checked by ping command Are the printer and the PC connected to the networ...

Страница 106: ...O PL8 1 2 1 Checking the sharing folder Is the sharing folder name correct Go to step 2 Rename the Shared Folder 2 Checking the server setting Is the Share Name of the Server Address tab in the Address Book correct Go to step 3 Rename the Share Name 3 Checking the printer Turning off and on the printer power Does the error still occur when the network scanning Check the server End of work ...

Страница 107: ...or set the access limit number Ask to the system administrator Go to step 2 2 Checking the server setting Is the User Limit of the Sharing tab in the sharing folder properties the Maximum allowed Go to step 3 Set to the Maximum allowed 3 Checking the printer Turning off and on the printer power Does the error still occur when the network scanning Replace the KIT PWBA ESS AIO Refer to REP8 2 End of...

Страница 108: ...ausative parts PWBA ESS AIO PL8 1 2 1 Checking the client PC Is the client PC the Windows 2000 or later Go to step 2 Replace to the Windows 2000 or later PC 2 Checking the printer Turning off and on the printer power Does the error still occur when the network scanning Replace the KIT PWBA ESS AIO Refer to REP8 2 End of work ...

Страница 109: ...ame and the password correctly Go to step 2 Try the login again 2 Checking the Address Book settings Is the Server Address tab on the Address Book setting correct Go to step 3 Set it correctly 3 Checking the sharing folder Is the Sharing tab of the sharing folder setting correct Go to step 4 Set it correctly 4 Checking the printer Turning off and on the printer power Does the error still occur whe...

Страница 110: ...n name and the password correctly Go to step 2 Try the login again 2 Checking the Address Book settings Is the Server Address tab on the Address Book setting correct Go to step 3 Set it correctly 3 Checking the sharing folder Is the Sharing tab of the sharing folder setting correct Go to step 4 Set it correctly 4 Checking the printer Turning off and on the printer power Does the error still occur ...

Страница 111: ...me and the password correctly Go to step 2 Try the login again 2 Checking the Address Book settings Is the Server Address tab on the Address Book setting correct Go to step 3 Set it correctly 3 Checking the sharing folder Is the Sharing tab of the sharing folder setting correct Go to step 4 Set it correctly 4 Checking the printer Turning off and on the printer power Does the error still occur when...

Страница 112: ...Y SUB PL10 1 11 1 Checking the firmware version Is the firmware the latest version Go to step 2 Upgrade the firmware then go to step 2 2 Checking after replacing the PWBA ESS AIO Replace the KIT PWBA ESS AIO Refer to REP8 2 Does the error still occur when the power is turned off and on Replace the IIT ASSY SUB Refer to REP9 5 End of work ...

Страница 113: ... step 2 End of work 2 Checking the receiving side fax Send the fax data to known good fax machine Does the error still occur when faxing Go to step 3 END check the receiving side fax machine 3 Checking the firmware version Is the firmware the latest version Go to step 4 Upgrade the firmware then go to step 4 4 Checking after replacing the PWBA FAX Replace the PWBA FAX Refer to REP8 4 Does the erro...

Страница 114: ...nection Reconnect the telephone line connector Does the error still occur when receiving fax Go to step 2 End of work 2 Checking the receiving side fax Send the fax data to known good fax machine Does the error still occur when faxing Go to step 3 END check the receiving side fax machine 3 Checking the firmware version Is the firmware the latest version Go to step 4 Upgrade the firmware then go to...

Страница 115: ...nel Lock menu Is the password correct Go to step 2 Set the correct password 2 Checking the printer setting Set the Panel Lock Set of the Panel Lock in the Secure Settings to the Disable Does the error still occur when executing the D FAX Replace the KIT PWBA ESS AIO Refer to REP8 2 Set the Panel Lock Set of the Panel Lock in the Secure Settings to the Enable If the error occurred again replace the...

Страница 116: ...ving fax Go to step 2 END check the sending side fax machine 2 Checking the printer setting Is the Country of Fax setting on the Admin Menu correct Go to step 3 Set the Country correctly 3 Checking the firmware version Is the firmware the latest version Go to step 4 Upgrade the firmware then go to step 4 4 Checking after replacing the PWBA FAX Replace the PWBA FAX Refer to REP8 4 Does the error st...

Страница 117: ...step 2 Go to step 3 2 Setting the receiving side fax Set the Speed Dial Does the error still occur when receiving the fax Go to step 3 End of work 3 Checking the firmware version Is the firmware the latest version Go to step 4 Upgrade the firmware then go to step 4 4 Checking after replacing the PWBA FAX Replace the PWBA FAX Refer to REP8 4 Does the error still occur when faxing Replace the KIT PW...

Страница 118: ...sending by lowering the resolution setting Does the error still occur when faxing Go to step 2 End of work 2 Checking the firmware version Is the firmware the latest version Go to step 3 Upgrade the firmware then go to step 3 3 Checking after replacing the PWBA FAX Replace the PWBA FAX Refer to REP8 4 Does the error still occur when faxing Replace the KIT PWBA ESS AIO Refer to REP8 2 End of work ...

Страница 119: ...d fax machine Does the error still occur when faxing Go to step 2 END check the sending side fax machine or retry sending by lowering the resolution setting 2 Checking the firmware version Is the firmware the latest version Go to step 3 Upgrade the firmware then go to step 3 3 Checking after replacing the PWBA FAX Replace the PWBA FAX Refer to REP8 4 Does the error still occur when faxing Replace ...

Страница 120: ...e Admin Menu to the 2 4Kbps Set the ECM of Faxsetting in the Admin Menu to the Off Does the error still occur when faxing Go to step 2 End of work 2 Checking the firmware version Is the firmware the latest version Go to step 3 Upgrade the firmware then go to step 3 3 Checking after replacing the PWBA FAX Replace the PWBA FAX Refer to REP8 4 Does the error still occur when faxing Replace the KIT PW...

Страница 121: ...known good fax machine Does the error still occur when faxing Go to step 2 END check the sending side fax machine or sending data 2 Checking the firmware version Is the firmware the latest version Go to step 3 Upgrade the firmware then go to step 3 3 Checking after replacing the PWBA FAX Replace the PWBA FAX Refer to REP8 4 Does the error still occur when faxing Replace the KIT PWBA ESS AIO Refer ...

Страница 122: ...ck Line Connection Step Check Remedy Yes No Possible causative parts PWBA FAX PL8 1 5 1 Checking the telephone line connection Reconnect the telephone line connector Does the error still occur when faxing Replace the PWBA FAX Refer to REP8 4 End of work ...

Страница 123: ...PWBA FAX PL8 1 5 PWBA ESS AIO PL8 1 2 1 Checking the firmware version Is the firmware the latest version Go to step 2 Upgrade the firmware then go to step 2 2 Checking after replacing the PWBA FAX Replace the PWBA FAX Refer to REP8 4 Does the error still occur when faxing Replace the KIT PWBA ESS AIO Refer to REP8 2 End of work ...

Страница 124: ...king the printer setting The Line Type of the Fax Settings on the Admin Menu The Tone Pulse of the Fax Settings on the Admin Menu The Country of the Fax setting on the Admin Menu Are these settings correct Go to step 3 Set the menu correct 3 Checking the firmware version Is the firmware the latest version Go to step 4 Upgrade the firmware then go to step 4 4 Checking after replacing the PWBA FAX R...

Страница 125: ...AIO PL8 1 2 1 Checking the PSTN line Is the printer connected to the PSTN line Go to step 2 Change to the PBX line Set the Line Type of Fax setting in the Admin Menu to the PBX 2 Checking after replacing the PWBA FAX Replace the PWBA FAX Refer to REP8 4 Does the error still occur when faxing Replace the KIT PWBA ESS AIO Refer to REP8 2 End of work ...

Страница 126: ... the PWBA MCU Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON Go to step 4 End of work 1 4 Checking the connectors for connection Check the connections between the PWBA EEPROM and PWBA MCU Are P J 144 and P J 42 connected surely Go to step 6 Reconnect the connector s P J42 and P J144 surely then go to step 5 5 Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON Go to step...

Страница 127: ...connection between the FAN and the PWBA LVPS Is P J503 on the PWBA LVPS connected correctly Go to step 5 Reconnect the connector P J 503 correctly then go to step 4 4 Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON Go to step 5 End of work 5 Check the connections between the PWBA LVPS and PWBA MCU Are P J501 and P J14 connected correctly Go to step 7 Reconnect the connector s P J501...

Страница 128: ...S about 24 VDC when the interlock switch HARN ASSY INTERLOCK AIO is pushed Replace the DUCT FAN ASSY AIO Refer to REP8 8 Go to step 9 9 Checking after replacing the PWBA LVPS Replace the PWBA LVPS Refer to REP8 9 Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON Replace the KIT PWBA MCU Refer to REP8 10 End of work Step Check Remedy Yes No ...

Страница 129: ...ection Check the connections between the PWBA MCU and DRIVE ASSY MAIN Are P J21 and P J211 connected correctly Go to step 6 Reconnect the connector s P J21 and or P J211 correctly then go to step 5 5 Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON Go to step 6 End of work 6 Checking the HARNESS ASSY MAIN MOT MG AIO for continuity Disconnect J21 from the PWBA MCU Disconnect J211 from...

Страница 130: ...p 4 4 Checking the connectors of the SUB MOTOR for connection Check the connections between the PWBA MCU and DRIVE ASSY SUB Are P J22 and P J221 connected correctly Go to step 6 Reconnect the connector s P J22 and or P J221 correctly then go to step 5 5 Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON Go to step 6 End of work 6 Checking the HARNESS ASSY SUB MOT MG AIO for continuity ...

Страница 131: ... DRIVE ASSY PH Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON Go to step 8 End of work 4 Checking the connector of the K Mode Solenoid in the DRIVE ASSY PH for connection Check the connection between the PWBA MCU and K Mode Solenoid Is P J24 connected correctly Go to step 6 Reconnect the connector P J24 correctly then go to step 5 5 Does the error still occur when the power is turn...

Страница 132: ...able of J26 J261 continuous Go to step 11 Replace the HARNESS ASSY KSNR REGCL MG AIO 11 Checking the power to the K Mode Sensor Disconnect J26 from the PWBA MCU Is the voltage across P26 1pin ground on the PWBA MCU about 3 3 VDC Go to step 12 Replace the KIT PWBA MCU Refer to REP8 10 12 Checking the K Mode Sensor for operation Remove the DRIVE ASSY PH from the printer once but P J261 and P J24 sho...

Страница 133: ... and or P J201 surely then go to step 2 2 Does the error still occur when the power is turned off and on Go to step 3 End of work 3 Checking the HARNESS ASSY L SIDE MG AIO for continuity Disconnect P J20 from the PWBA MCU Disconnect P J201 from the SENSOR HUM Is each cable of P J20 P J201 continuous Go to step 4 Replace the HARNESS ASSY L SIDE MG AIO 4 Checking the output power of SENSOR HUM Disco...

Страница 134: ...PWBA MCU Are P J40 P J41 P J411 and P J412 connected correctly Go to step 6 Reconnect the connector s P J40 P J41 P J411 and or P J412 correctly then go to step 5 5 Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON Go to step 6 End of work 6 Checking the HARN ASSY ROS RE for continuity Disconnect P J40 from the PWBA MCU Disconnect P J411 from the ROS ASSY Is each cable of J40 J411 con...

Страница 135: ... 1 2 1 Checking the connector connection Reseat the connectors P J 1001 and 1002 on the PWBA ESS AIO Does the error still occur when turning off and on the power Go to step 3 End of work 2 Checking after replacing the IIT ASSY SUB Replace the IIT ASSY SUB Refer to REP9 5 Does the error still occur when turning off and on the power Replace the KIT PWBA ESS AIO Refer to REP8 2 End of work ...

Страница 136: ...End of work 2 Checking the printer setting Is the Resolution of the Scan Defaults on the Scan of the Defaults Settings the 600 Set to the default value Go to step 3 3 Checking the printer setting Is the Color of the Scan Defaults on the Scan of the Defaults Settings the Color Photo Set to the Color Go to step 4 4 Checking after replacing the IIT ASSY SUB Replace the IIT ASSY SUB Refer to REP9 5 Do...

Страница 137: ... error message still occur when copying scanning or faxing the original Go to step 3 Go to step 4 3 Checking the original Print the System Settings of the Reports on the printer menu Does the error still occur when copying scanning or faxing the System Settings report Replace the KIT PWBA ESS AIO Refer to REP8 2 End of work 4 Checking the error Turn off and on the power Does the error message stil...

Страница 138: ...ll occur when printing Go to step 5 End of work 5 Checking the Main Motor DRIVE ASSY MAIN for operation Does the Main Motor DRIVE ASSY MAIN operate properly Checked by Digital Output Main Motor in IOT Diag of diagnosis During this check close the COVER ASSY FRONT Go to step 6 Go to step 19 6 Checking the DRIVE ASSY PH for operation Does the ROLL ASSY FEED ROLL ASSY REGI and ROLL REGI METAL rotate ...

Страница 139: ...g the ACTUATOR REGI IN for shape and operation Remove the CHUTE ASSY LOW PL3 2 27 once to check the shape and operation Are the shape and operation of the ACTUATOR REGI IN normal Go to step 15 Reseat the ACTUATOR REGI IN If broken or deformed replace it 15 Checking the Regi Sensor SENSOR PHOTO for operation Does the number on the screen increase by one when the actuator ACTUATOR REGI IN is operate...

Страница 140: ...Y MAIN Is each cable of J21 J211 continuous Go to step 21 Replace the HARNESS ASSY MAIN MOT MG AIO 21 Checking the power to the DRIVE ASSY MAIN Disconnect J21 from the PWBA MCU Are the voltages across J21 2pin J21 4pin ground on the PWBA MCU about 24 VDC when the interlock switch HARN ASSY INTERLOCK AIO is pushed Replace the KIT DRIVE ASSY MAIN Refer to REP7 2 Replace the KIT PWBA MCU Refer to REP...

Страница 141: ...re P J23 and P J232 connected correctly Go to step 27 Reconnect the connector s P J23 and or P J232 correctly 27 Checking the HARNESS ASSY L SIDE MG AIO for continuity Disconnect J23 from the PWBA MCU Disconnect J232 from the SENSOR PHOTO Is each cable of J23 J232 continuous Go to step 28 Replace the HARNESS ASSY L SIDE MG AIO 28 Checking the power to the SENSOR PHOTO Disconnect J23 from the PWBA ...

Страница 142: ...ASSY DRV Is each cable of J26 P262 continuous Go to step 32 Replace the HARNESS ASSY KSNR REGCL MG AIO 32 Checking the power to the CLUTCH ASSY DRV Disconnect J26 from the PWBA MCU Is the voltage across P26 4pin ground on the PWBA MCU about 24 VDC when the Interlock Switch HARN ASSY INTERLOCK AIO is pushed Go to step 33 Replace the KIT PWBA MCU Refer to REP8 10 33 Checking the CLUTCH ASSY DRV for ...

Страница 143: ... the number on the screen increase by one when the actuator ACTUATOR REGI IN is operated Checked by Digital Input OptionPathSensor in IOT Diag of diagnosis Go to step 6 Go to step 15 6 Checking the MOTOR ASSY SUB for operation Does the MOTOR ASSY SUB operate properly Checked by Digital Output Sub Motor on IOT Diag of diagnosis During this check cheat the interlock switch HARN ASSY INTERLOCK AIO Go...

Страница 144: ...nsor for connection Check the connections between the PWBA FFE D and SENSOR PHOTO Are P J420 and P J4200 connected correctly Go to step 16 Reconnect the connector s P J420 and or P J4200 correctly 16 Checking the HARNESS ASSY TRAY COMP for continuity Disconnect J420 from the PWB ASSY FEED MG AIO Disconnect J4200 from the SENSOR PHOTO Is each cable of J420 J4200 continuous Go to step 17 Replace the...

Страница 145: ...ace the PWB ASSY FEED MG AIO 25 Checking the SOLENOID FEED MSI for resistance Disconnect P J4211 of the SOLENOID FEED MSI Is the resistance across J4211 1 and J4211 2 approximately 96 ohm Replace the PWB ASSY FEED MG AIO Replace the SOLENOID FEED MSI 26 Checking the connectors of the Feed Clutch CLUTCH ASSY DRV for connection Check the connections between the PWB ASSY FEED MG AIO and Feed Clutch A...

Страница 146: ...e COVER ASSY FRONT for latching Open and close the COVER ASSY FRONT and then latch correctly Does the error still occur when printing Go to step 5 End of work 5 Checking the Main Motor DRIVE ASSY MAIN for operation Does the Main Motor DRIVE ASSY MAIN operate properly Checked by Digital Output Main Motor in IOT Diag of diagnosis During this check cheat the interlock switch HARN ASSY INTERLOCK AIO G...

Страница 147: ...dge stay after the ROLL ASSY REGI and ROLL REGI METAL then go to step 16 13 Checking the paper transfer path between the ROLL ASSY FEED and ROLL ASSY REGI Are there any obstacles on the paper transfer path Remove the obstacles or stains from the paper transfer path Go to step 14 14 Checking the ACTUATOR REGI IN for shape and operation Remove the CHUTE ASSY LOW PL3 2 27 once to check the shape and ...

Страница 148: ...nd DRIVE ASSY MAIN Main Motor Are P J21 and P J211 connected correctly Go to step 20 Reconnect the connector s P J21 and or P J211 correctly 20 Checking the HARNESS ASSY MAIN MOT MG AIO for continuity Disconnect J21 from the PWBA MCU Disconnect J211 from the DRIVE ASSY MAIN Is each cable of J21 J211 continuous Go to step 21 Replace the HARNESS ASSY MAIN MOT MG AIO 21 Checking the power to the DRIV...

Страница 149: ...s of the SENSOR PHOTO REGI SENSOR for connection Check the connections between the PWBA MCU and SENSOR PHOTO Are P J23 and P J232 connected correctly Go to step 27 Reconnect the connector s P J23 and or P J232 correctly 27 Checking the HARNESS ASSY L SIDE MG AIO for continuity Disconnect J23 from the PWBA MCU Disconnect J232 from the SENSOR PHOTO Is each cable of J23 J232 continuous Go to step 28 ...

Страница 150: ...ASSY DRV Is each cable of J26 P262 continuous Go to step 32 Replace the HARNESS ASSY KSNR REGCL MG AIO 32 Checking the power to the CLUTCH ASSY DRV Disconnect J26 from the PWBA MCU Is the voltage across P26 4pin ground on the PWBA MCU about 24 VDC when the Interlock Switch HARN ASSY INTERLOCK AIO is pushed Go to step 33 Replace the KIT PWBA MCU Refer to REP8 10 33 Checking the CLUTCH ASSY DRV for ...

Страница 151: ... the connector s P J27 P J273 and or P J419 surely then go to step 4 4 Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON Go to step 5 End of work 5 Checking the HARNESS ASSY TRAY for continuity Disconnect P J419 from the PWB ASSY FEED MG AIO Disconnect P J273 from the HARNESS ASSY OPTION MG AIO Is each cable of P J419 P J273 continuous Go to step 6 Replace the HARNESS ASSY TRAY 6 Chec...

Страница 152: ...MOTOR ASSY SUB Are P J422 and P J4221 connected correctly Go to step 4 Reconnect the connector s P J422 and or P J4221 correctly then go to step 3 3 Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON Go to step 4 End of work 4 Checking the HARNESS ASSY TRAY MOT for continuity Disconnect J422 from the PWB ASSY FEED MG AIO Disconnect J4221 from the MOTOR ASSY SUB Is each cable of J422 J4...

Страница 153: ... for connection Check the connections between the PWB ASSY FEED MG AIO and Paper Path Sensor Are P J420 and P J4200 connected correctly Go to step 3 Reconnect the connector s P J420 and or P J4200 correctly 3 Checking the HARNESS ASSY TRAY COMP for continuity Disconnect J420 from the PWB ASSY FEED MG AIO Disconnect J4200 from the Paper Path Sensor Is each cable of J420 J4200 continuous Go to step ...

Страница 154: ...e SENSOR PHOTO SSF No Paper Sensor for connection Check the connections between the PWBA MCU and SENSOR PHOTO Are P J23 and P J233 connected correctly Go to step 6 Reconnect the connector s P J23 and or P J233 correctly then go to step 5 5 Does the error still occur when printing Go to step 6 End of work 6 Checking the HARNESS ASSY L SIDE MG AIO for continuity Disconnect J23 from the PWBA MCU Disc...

Страница 155: ... Clutch in IOT Diag of diagnosis Go to step 4 Replace the printer 4 Checking the Regi Sensor for operation Does the number on the screen increase by one when the actuator ACTUATOR REGI IN is operated Checked by Digital Input Regi Sensor on IOT Diag of diagnosis Replace the KIT PWBA MCU Refer to REP8 10 Go to step 5 5 Checking the ACTUATOR REGI IN for shape and operation Remove the CHUTE LOW CST PL...

Страница 156: ...onnect J23 from the PWBA MCU Is the voltage across P23 3pin ground on the PWBA MCU about 3 3 VDC Go to step 9 Replace the KIT PWBA MCU Refer to REP8 10 9 Checking the SENSOR PHOTO for operation Check the voltage across J23 5pin ground on the PWBA MCU Remove the CHUTE LOW CST PL3 2 35 once to check the operation Does the voltage change when the actuator ACTUATOR REGI IN is operated Replace the KIT ...

Страница 157: ...ng the COVER ASSY FRONT for latching Open and close the COVER ASSY FRONT and then latch correctly Does the error still occur when printing Go to step 5 End of work 5 Checking the Main Motor DRIVE ASSY MAIN for operation Does the Main Motor DRIVE ASSY MAIN operate properly Checked by Digital Output Main Motor on IOT Diag of diagnosis During this check cheat the interlock switch HARN ASSY INTERLOCK ...

Страница 158: ... ASSY REGI and ROLL REGI METAL then go to step 16 13 Checking the paper transfer path between the ROLL ASSY FEED and ROLL ASSY REGI Are there any obstacles on the paper transfer path Remove the obstacles or stains from the paper transfer path Go to step 14 14 Checking the ACTUATOR REGI IN for shape and operation Remove the CHUTE ASSY LOW PL3 2 27 once to check the shape and operation Are the shape...

Страница 159: ...e DRIVE ASSY MAIN Disconnect J21 from the PWBA MCU Are the voltages across J21 2pin J21 4pin ground on the PWBA MCU about 24 VDC when the interlock switch HARN ASSY INTERLOCK AIO is pushed Replace the KIT DRIVE ASSY MAIN Refer to REP7 2 Replace the KIT PWBA MCU Refer to REP8 10 21 Checking the connectors of the SOLENOID FEED MSI for connection Check the connections between the PWBA MCU and SOLENOI...

Страница 160: ...SS ASSY L SIDE MG AIO for continuity Disconnect J23 from the PWBA MCU Disconnect J232 from the SENSOR PHOTO Is each cable of J23 J232 continuous Go to step 27 Replace the HARNESS ASSY L SIDE MG AIO 27 Checking the power to the SENSOR PHOTO Disconnect J23 from the PWBA MCU Is the voltage across P23 3pin ground on the PWBA MCU about 3 3 VDC Go to step 28 Replace the KIT PWBA MCU Refer to REP8 10 28 ...

Страница 161: ... to step 4 End of work 4 Checking the COVER ASSY FRONT for latching Open and close the COVER ASSY FRONT and then latch correctly Does the error still occur when printing Go to step 5 End of work 5 Checking the Main Motor DRIVE ASSY MAIN for operation Does the Main Motor DRIVE ASSY MAIN operate properly Checked by Digital Output Main Motor on IOT Diag of diagnosis During this check cheat the interl...

Страница 162: ... ASSY REGI and ROLL REGI METAL then go to step 16 13 Checking the paper transfer path between the ROLL ASSY FEED and ROLL ASSY REGI Are there any obstacles on the paper transfer path Remove the obstacles or stains from the paper transfer path Go to step 14 14 Checking the ACTUATOR REGI IN for shape and operation Remove the CHUTE ASSY LOW PL3 2 27 once to check the shape and operation Are the shape...

Страница 163: ...e DRIVE ASSY MAIN Disconnect J21 from the PWBA MCU Are the voltages across J21 2pin J21 4pin ground on the PWBA MCU about 24 VDC when the interlock switch HARN ASSY INTERLOCK AIO is pushed Replace the KIT DRIVE ASSY MAIN Refer to REP7 2 Replace the KIT PWBA MCU Refer to REP8 10 21 Checking the connectors of the SOLENOID FEED MSI for connection Check the connections between the PWBA MCU and SOLENOI...

Страница 164: ...SS ASSY L SIDE MG AIO for continuity Disconnect J23 from the PWBA MCU Disconnect J232 from the SENSOR PHOTO Is each cable of J23 J232 continuous Go to step 27 Replace the HARNESS ASSY L SIDE MG AIO 27 Checking the power to the SENSOR PHOTO Disconnect J23 from the PWBA MCU Is the voltage across P23 3pin ground on the PWBA MCU about 3 3 VDC Go to step 28 Replace the KIT PWBA MCU Refer to REP8 10 28 ...

Страница 165: ...FUSING UNIT Are P J17 and P J171 connected correctly Go to step 4 Reconnect the connector s P J17 and or P J171 correctly 4 Checking the HARNESS ASSY FUSING UNIT MG AIO for continuity Remove the FUSING UNIT Disconnect J17 from the PWBA MCU Is each cable of J17 P171 continuous NOTE P171 is attached to the frame Go to step 5 Replace the HARNESS ASSY FUSING UNIT MG AIO 5 Checking the power to the Exi...

Страница 166: ...lation Is the ROLL REGI METAL pressed against the ROLL ASSY REGI by the spring pressure Go to step 8 Replace the printer 8 Checking the Regi Clutch Does the clutch noise occur Checked by Digital Output Regi Clutch in IOT Diag of diagnosis Replace the printer Replace the KIT PWBA MCU Refer to REP8 10 Step Check Remedy Yes No ...

Страница 167: ...gnosis During this check cheat the interlock switch HARN ASSY INTERLOCK AIO Go to step 5 Replace the FEEDER ASSY DUP AIO STD Refer to REP10 1 5 Checking the DRIVE ASSY DUP for operation Does the DRIVE ASSY DUP operate properly Checked by Digital Output Duplex Motor on IOT Diag of diagnosis During this check cheat the interlock switch HARN ASSY INTERLOCK AIO Go to step 6 Replace the FEEDER ASSY DUP...

Страница 168: ...er to the SENSOR PHOTO Disconnect J23 from the PWBA MCU Is the voltage across P23 3pin ground on the PWBA MCU about 3 3 VDC Go to step 13 Replace the KIT PWBA MCU Refer to REP8 10 13 Checking the SENSOR PHOTO for operation Check the voltage across 23 5pin ground on the PWBA MCU Remove the CHUTE ASSY LOW PL3 2 27 once to check the operation Does the voltage change when the actuator of the SENSOR PH...

Страница 169: ...onnector s P J27 P J272 and or P J 601 surely then go to step 4 4 Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON Go to step 5 End of work 5 Checking theHARNESS ASSY DUP STD MG AIO for continuity Disconnect P J601 from the PWBA DUP Disconnect P J271 from the HARNESS ASSY OPTION MG AIO Is each cable of P J601 P J271 continuous Go to step 6 Replace the HARNESS ASSY DUP STD MG AIO 6 Ch...

Страница 170: ...1 10 3 Checking the interlock switch for operation Does the number on the screen increase by one when the COVER ASSY FRONT is closed and opened Checked by Digital Input Cover Open Sensor in IOT Diag of diagnosis Replace the KIT PWBA MCU Refer to REP8 10 Go to step 4 4 Checking the connectors for connection Check the connections between PWBA MCU and PWBA LVPS Are P J14 and P J501 connected correctl...

Страница 171: ... the PWBA LVPS about 24 VDC Go to step 8 Replace the PWBA LVPS Refer to REP8 9 8 Checking the Interlock Switch for operation Check the voltage across P44 3pin ground on the PWBA LVPS Does the voltage change when the Interlock Switch is turned ON OFF Replace the PWBA LVPS Refer to REP8 9 Replace the HARN ASSY INTERLOCK AIO Refer to REP8 1 Step Check Remedy Yes No ...

Страница 172: ...lace the KIT COVER WINDOW TNR AIO Refer to REP1 6 3 Checking the Side R Switch SWITCH for operation Does the number on the screen increase by one when the COVER ASSY WINDOW TRN is closed and opened Checked by Digital Input Side Switch in IOT Diag of diagnosis Replace the KIT PWBA MCU Refer to REP8 10 Go to step 4 4 Checking the HARN ASSY SIDE SW for continuity Disconnect J29 from the PWBA MCU Disc...

Страница 173: ...inting Go to step 7 End of work 7 Checking the COVER ASSY FRONT for latching Open and close the COVER ASSY FRONT and then latch correctly Does the error still occur when printing Go to step 8 End of work 8 Checking the FUSING UNIT Are there any remaining paper and or foreign substance in the FUSING UNIT Warning Start the operation after the FUSING UNIT has cooled down Remove the paper and or subst...

Страница 174: ...p 13 Replace the HARNESS ASSY FUSING UNIT MG AIO 13 Checking the power to the Exit Sensor in the FUSING UNIT Disconnect the connector of J17 on the PWBA MCU Is the voltage across J17 1pin ground on the PWBA MCU about 3 3 VDC Go to step 14 Replace the KIT PWBA MCU Refer to REP8 10 14 Checking the Exit Sensor for operation Check the voltage across J17 3pin ground on the PWBA MCU Does the voltage cha...

Страница 175: ...egi Clutch in IOT Diag of diagnosis Go to step 4 Replace the printer 4 Checking the Regi Sensor for operation Does the number on the screen increase by one when the actuator ACTUATOR REGI IN is operated Checked by Digital Input Regi Sensor on IOT Diag of diagnosis Replace the KIT PWBA MCU Refer to REP8 10 Go to step 5 5 Checking the ACTUATOR REGI IN for shape and operation Remove the CHUTE LOW CST...

Страница 176: ...onnect J23 from the PWBA MCU Is the voltage across P23 3pin ground on the PWBA MCU about 3 3 VDC Go to step 9 Replace the KIT PWBA MCU Refer to REP8 10 9 Checking the SENSOR PHOTO for operation Check the voltage across J23 5pin ground on the PWBA MCU Remove the CHUTE LOW CST PL3 2 35 once to check the operation Does the voltage change when the actuator ACTUATOR REGI IN is operated Replace the KIT ...

Страница 177: ...en the PWBA MCU and SENSOR PHOTO Are P J23 and P J233 connected correctly Go to step 3 Reconnect the connector s P J23 and or P J233 correctly 3 Checking the connectors of the SENSOR PHOTO SSF No Paper Sensor for connection Check the connections between the PWBA MCU and SENSOR PHOTO Are P J23 and P J233 connected correctly Go to step 4 Reconnect the connector s P J23 and or P J233 correctly 4 Chec...

Страница 178: ...he PHD ASSY Refer to REP4 6 Go to step 2 2 Checking after resetting the PHD ASSY Reseat the PHD ASSY Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON Go to step 3 End of work 3 Checking after replacing the PHD ASSY Replace the PHD ASSY Refer to REP4 6 CAUTION Be sure to pull eight sealing tapes out from a new PHD ASSY before installation Does the error still occur when the power is t...

Страница 179: ...t sealing tapes been pulled out After checking reseat the PHD ASSY correctly Go to step 3 Pull the sealing tapes out then go to step 2 2 Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON Go to step 3 End of work 3 Checking after replacing the PHD ASSY Replace the PHD ASSY Refer to REP4 6 CAUTION Be sure to pull eight sealing tapes out from a new PHD ASSY before installation Does the e...

Страница 180: ...ll occur when the power is turned OFF and ON Go to step 5 End of work 5 Checking the connectors for connection Check the connectors between the PWBA MCU and PHD ASSY Are P J42 and P J422 connected correctly Go to step 7 Reconnect the connector s P J42 and or P J422 surly then go to step 6 6 Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON Go to step 7 End of work 7 Checking the HARN ...

Страница 181: ...PHD ASSY Refer to REP4 6 Go to step 2 2 Checking after resetting the PHD ASSY Reseat the PHD ASSY Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON Go to step 3 End of work 3 Checking after replacing the PHD ASSY Replace the PHD ASSY Refer to REP4 6 CAUTION Be sure to pull eight sealing tapes out from a new PHD ASSY before installation Does the error still occur when the power is turn...

Страница 182: ...TRIDGE Y PL5 1 24 TONER CARTRIDGE M PL5 1 23 TONER CARTRIDGE C PL5 1 22 TONER CARTRIDGE K PL5 1 21 PWBA MCU PL8 3 6 1 Checking after replacing the XEROX TONER CARTRIDGE Y M C or K Replace the XEROX TONER CARTRIDGE Y M C or K Refer to REP5 5 Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON Replace the KIT PWBA MCU Refer to REP8 10 End of work ...

Страница 183: ...rectly Go to step 4 Reconnect the connector s P J42 and or P J422 surly then go to step 3 3 Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON Go to step 4 End of work 4 Checking the HARN ASSY PHD XPRO for continuity Disconnect P422 from the PHD ASSY Disconnect J42 from the PWBA MCU Is each cable of P422 J42 continuous Go to step 5 Replace the HARN ASSY PHD XPRO 5 Checking after replac...

Страница 184: ... Remove the protection sheet Go to step 2 2 Checking the CTD ADC Sensor Window Open the COVER ASSY FRONT Is the CTD ADC Sensor window dirty Go to step 3 Go to step 4 3 Turn off the power and gently wipe the CTD ADC Sensor window with a clean dry cloth or cotton swab After wiping the window close the COVER ASSY FRONT Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON Go to step 4 End of...

Страница 185: ...d P J191 surly then go to step 8 8 Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON Go to step 9 End of work 9 Checking the HARN ASSY TNR MOT for continuity Disconnect J18 from the PWBA MCU Disconnect J181 Y J182 M J191 C J192 K from the DISPENSE MOTOR YMCK MOT Is each cable of J18 J181 182 continuous or Is each cable of J19 J191 192 continuous Go to step 10 Replace the HARN ASSY TNR...

Страница 186: ... 6 Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON Go to step 14 End of work 14 Checking after resetting the TRANSFER ASSY Reseat the TRANSFER ASSY Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON Replace the KIT TRANSFER ASSY Refer to REP6 3 End of work Step Check Remedy Yes No ...

Страница 187: ...o step 4 Reconnect the connector s P J28 and or P J281 correctly then go to step 3 3 Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON Go to step 4 End of work 4 Checking the HARNESS ASSY L SIDE MG AIO for continuity Disconnect J28 from the PWBA MCU Disconnect J281 from the TRANSFER ASSY Is each cable of J28 J281 continuous Go to step 5 Replace the HARNESS ASSY L SIDE MG AIO 5 Checkin...

Страница 188: ...SENSOR HUM Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON Go to step 3 End of work 3 Checking the HARNESS ASSY L SIDE MG AIO for continuity Disconnect J20 from the PWBA MCU Disconnect J201 from the SENSOR HUM Is each cable of J20 J201 continuous Go to step 4 Replace the HARNESS ASSY L SIDE MG AIO 4 Checking the power to SENSOR HUM Disconnect the connector of J20 from the PWBA MCU I...

Страница 189: ...CARTRIDGE Y PL5 1 24 TONER CARTRIDGE M PL5 1 23 TONER CARTRIDGE C PL5 1 22 TONER CARTRIDGE K PL5 1 21 PWBA MCU PL8 3 6 1 Checking after replacing the XEROX TONER CARTRIDGE Y M C or K Replace the XEROX TONER CARTRIDGE Y M C or K Refer to REP5 5 Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON Replace the KIT PWBA MCU Refer to REP8 10 End of work ...

Страница 190: ...meter in IOT Diag of diagnosis Does the remainder value shows the near of the end Refer to Chapter 2 for details of the life counter value Replace the TONER CARTRIDGE Y M C or K then go to step 4 Refer to REP5 5 Go to step 7 4 Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON Go to step 7 End of work 5 Checking the toner remainder in the Non XEROX Toner Cartridge Y M C or K Is the ton...

Страница 191: ... Checking the connector for connection Check the connectors between the PWBA MCU and DISPENSE MOTOR Y M C and K Are P J18 and P J181 Y P J182 M connected correctly Are P J19 and P J191 C P J192 K connected correctly Example For Yellow Go to step 14 Reconnect the connector s P J18 and P J181 surly then go to step 8 or reconnect the connector s P J19 and P J191 surly then go to step 8 13 Does the er...

Страница 192: ...power is turned OFF and ON Go to step 17 End of work 17 Checking after replacing the PHD ASSY Replace the PHD ASSY Refer to REP4 6 Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON Go to step 18 End of work 18 Checking after resetting the TRANSFER ASSY Reseat the TRANSFER ASSY Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON Replace the KIT TRANSFER ASSY Refer to REP6 3 ...

Страница 193: ...connected surely Go to step 4 Reconnect the connector s surely then go to step 3 3 Does the error still occur when the power is turned off and on Go to step 4 End of work 4 Checking the HARN ASSY TONER CRUM for continuity Disconnect P J11 from the PWBA MCU Disconnect P J311 Y P J312 M P J313 C P J314 K from the CONNECTOR CRUM YMCK Is each cable of P J31 P J311 Y P J312 M P J313 C P J314 K continuo...

Страница 194: ...K Replace the TONER CARTRIDGE Y M C or K and check that the lock key is in the lock position Refer to REP5 5 Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON Go to step 5 End of work 5 Checking the connector for connection Check the connectors between the PWBA MCU and CONNECTOR CRUM Are P J31 and P J311 Y P J312 M P J313 C P J314 K connected correctly Example For Yellow Go to step 7 ...

Страница 195: ...CARTRIDGE Y PL5 1 24 TONER CARTRIDGE M PL5 1 23 TONER CARTRIDGE C PL5 1 22 TONER CARTRIDGE K PL5 1 21 PWBA MCU PL8 3 6 1 Checking after replacing the XEROX TONER CARTRIDGE Y M C or K Replace the XEROX TONER CARTRIDGE Y M C or K Refer to REP5 5 Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON Replace the KIT PWBA MCU Refer to REP8 10 End of work ...

Страница 196: ...NER CARTRIDGE Y M C or K and check that the lock key is in the lock position Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON Go to step 4 End of work 4 Checking after replacing the TONER CARTRIDGE Y M C or K Replace the TONER CARTRIDGE Y M C or K Refer to REP5 5 Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON Go to step 5 End of work 5 Checking the HARN ASSY TONER CRU...

Страница 197: ...ll occur when the power is turned OFF and ON Go to step 2 End of work 2 Checking the life counter value of the TRANSFER ASSY Does the life counter value show the near of the end Refer to Chapter 2 for details of the life counter value Initialize the life counter value at the Customer Diag after replace the KIT TRANSFER ASSY Refer to REP6 3 Replace the KIT PWBA MCU Refer to REP8 10 ...

Страница 198: ...l occur when the power is turned OFF and ON Go to step 2 End of work 2 Checking the life counter value of the TRANSFER ASSY Does the life counter value show the near of the end Refer to Chapter 2 for details of the life counter value Initialize the life counter value at the Customer Diag after replacing the KIT TRANSFER ASSY Refer to REP6 3 Replace the KIT PWBA MCU Refer to REP8 10 ...

Страница 199: ... the recommended memory card then go step 2 2 Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON Go to step 3 End of work 3 Checking the MEMORY CARD OPTION installation Reseat the MEMORY CARD OPTION Does the error still occur when turning on the power Go to step 4 End of work 4 Checking after resetting the MEMORY CARD OPTION Replace the MEMORY CARD Refer to REP8 3 Does the error still ...

Страница 200: ... Yes No Possible causative parts PWBA ESS AIO PL8 1 2 1 Checking after removing the ethernet cable Remove the ethernet cable Does the error still occur when the power is turned off and on Replace the KIT PWBA ESS AIO Refer to REP8 2 Initialize the Network settings and configure the settings again ...

Страница 201: ...etected PCI Bus 0 1 Host Bridge Controller Error PCI Error Mes sages received from Bus 0 Device 0 1 Step Check Remedy Yes No Possible causative parts PWBA ESS AIO PL8 1 2 1 Checking the error Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON Replace the KIT PWBA ESS AIO Refer to REP8 2 End of work ...

Страница 202: ...1 Checking the error Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON Go to step 2 End of work 2 Checking RAM Disk size settings Does the error occur when printing after reducing the size setting of the RAM Disk Split the document into blocks to decrease the number of pages to be collated End of work ...

Страница 203: ...and on the power Does the error still occur when faxing Go to step 2 End of work 2 Checking the PWBA FAX installation Reseat the PWBA FAX Refer to REP8 4 Does the error still occur when faxing Go to step 3 End of work 3 Checking after replacing the PWBA FAX Replace the PWBA FAX Refer to REP8 4 Does the error still occur when faxing Replace the KIT PWBA ESS AIO Refer to REP8 2 End of work ...

Страница 204: ...er cartridge to the printer the XEROX toner Go to step 2 End of work 2 Checking the printer setting Is the Non XEROX Toner of the Maintenance on the Admin Menu of the SET UP the On Set to the Off Go to step 3 3 Checking the Toner Cartridge Replace to the known good toner cartridges Does the error still occur when turning on the power Replace the KIT PWBA ESS AIO Refer to REP8 2 End of work ...

Страница 205: ...ndby Does abnormal noise arise during printing Check the Operation Mode Table of Power ON Check the components are normal without any stains and or damages Refer to FIP1 N1 Check the Operation Mode Table of Standby Check the components are normal without any stains and or damages Refer to FIP1 N2 Check the Operation Mode Table of Printing Check the components are normal without any stains and or d...

Страница 206: ...Go to step 4 End of work 4 Checking after resetting the DRIVE ASSY MAIN Reseat the DRIVE ASSY MAIN Does the noise arise from the printer Checked by Digital Output Main Motor in IOT Diag of diagnosis Try replacing the PHD ASSY Refer to REP4 6 KIT TRANSFER ASSY Refer to REP6 3 and KIT DRIVE ASSY MAIN Refer to REP7 2 one after another End of work 5 Checking the Sub Motor Does the noise arise from the...

Страница 207: ...he noise arise from the printer Checked by Digital Output Sub Motor in IOT Diag of diagnosis Try replacing the PHD ASSY Refer to REP4 6 FUSING UNIT Refer to REP6 1 after replacement be sure to clear the life counter value and DRIVE ASSY SUB Refer to REP7 1 one after another End of work Step Check Remedy Yes No ...

Страница 208: ...eck Remedy Yes No Possible causative parts FAN PL8 2 8 PWBA LVPS PL8 2 12 1 Checking the FAN Does the noise arise from the Fan Checked by Digital Output Fan Motor in IOT Diag of diagnosis Replace the DUCT FAN ASSY AIO Refer to REP8 8 Replace the PWBA LVPS Refer to REP8 9 ...

Страница 209: ...ED ROLL SEPARATOR ROLL Refer to REP9 2 Replace the KIT ADF ASSY Refer to REP9 1 4 Checking the paper feeding Does the noise arise from the printer when the paper is fed from the Tray 1 Go to step 5 Go to step 9 5 Checking the paper condition in the Paper Cassette Is the paper dry and recommended paper Go to step 7 Replace the paper with a new dry and recommended one then go to step 6 6 Checking no...

Страница 210: ...SFP STD Refer to REP10 1 End of work 15 Checking the Main Motor Does the noise arise from the printer Checked by Digital Output Main Motor in IOT Diag of diagnosis Go to step 16 Go to step 22 16 Checking after resetting the PHD ASSY Reseat the PHD ASSY Does the noise arise from the printer Checked by Digital Output Main Motor in IOT Diag of diagnosis Go to step 17 End of work 17 Checking after res...

Страница 211: ...e PHD ASSY for installation Reseat the PHD ASSY Does the noise arise from the printer Checked by Digital Output Sub Motor in IOT Diag of diagnosis Go to step 24 End of work 24 Checking the FUSING UNIT for installation Reseat the FUSING UNIT Does the noise arise from the printer Checked by Digital Output Sub Motor in IOT Diag of diagnosis Go to step 25 End of work 25 Checking the DRIVE ASSY SUB for...

Страница 212: ...outlet wired and grounded appropriately Go to step 3 Request the client to fix AC power supply outlet 3 Checking the TRANSFER ASSY for connection Open the COVER ASSY FRONT Are four HV terminals on the TRANSFER ASSY and four springs on the frame PL4 1 11 12 13 and 14 dirty and or deformed Clean or replace the KIT TRANSFER ASSY Refer to REP6 3 or SPRING s Go to step 4 4 Checking the PHD ASSY for con...

Страница 213: ... to step 3 3 Checking the power code for connection Reconnect the power cord Does the printer operate normally End of work Go to step 4 4 Checking the connector of SWITCH ASSY INLET MG AIO for connection Disconnect the power cord and wait for one minute Reconnect the connector of SWITCH ASSY INLET MG AIO Does the printer operate normally End of work Replace the SWITCH ASSY INLET MG AIO then go to ...

Страница 214: ...ne minute Reconnect the all connectors of the PWBA LVPS Does the printer operate normally End of work Go to step 2 2 Checking the connector of the CONSOLE ASSY PANEL for connection Reconnect the connector P J202 of the CONSOLE ASSY PANEL Does the CONSOLE ASSY PANEL operate normally End of work Go to step 3 3 Checking after resetting the PWBA MCU Reseat the PWBA MCU Does the printer operate normall...

Страница 215: ...ts the specifications then go to step 2 2 Does the multi feed still occur when printing Go to step 3 End of work 3 Checking paper condition Is the paper dry and recommended paper Go to step 5 Replace the paper with a new dry and recommended one then go to step 4 4 Does the multi feed still occur when printing Go to step 5 End of work 5 Checking the ROLL ASSY FEED and HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR for rota...

Страница 216: ... internet connection available for your PC Go to step 4 Replace the KIT PWBA ESS AIO Refer to REP8 2 4 Updating the firmware to the latest version Download the latest version of the firmware from the XEROX Support Web site and execute the update NOTE Before updating the firmware to the latest version reset the error following the steps of procedure described below In addition update the firmware b...

Страница 217: ...er Fax Setting On the Control Panel open Admin Menu Fax Settings Discard Size Is the Discard Size option set to ON Go to step 2 Replace the PWBA FAX Refer to REP8 4 2 Disabling Discard Size On the Control Panel open Admin Menu Fax Settings Discard Size and select Off Power off the printer and then on Does the problem persist Replace the PWBA FAX Refer to REP8 4 End of work ...

Страница 218: ...2 184 Chapter 2 Troubleshooting Blank Page ...

Страница 219: ...Chapter 3 Image Quality Troubleshooting ...

Страница 220: ......

Страница 221: ... FIP 1 P5 Random spots 3 15 FIP 1 P6 Streaks appear on the output 3 17 FIP 1 P7 Pitched color dots 3 19 FIP 1 P8 Vertical blanks 3 21 FIP 1 P9 Ghosting 3 24 FIP 1 P10 Light Induced Fatigue 3 27 FIP 1 P11 Fog 3 28 FIP 1 P12 Bead Carry Out BCO 3 30 FIP 1 P13 Jagged characters 3 31 FIP 1 P14 Banding Horizontal band cross out 3 33 FIP 1 P15 Auger mark 3 36 FIP 1 P16 Wrinkled Stained paper Envelope Wri...

Страница 222: ......

Страница 223: ...image quality evaluation procedure using the Test Patterns and their usages 3 The Image Quality FIP section describes troubleshooting procedure for image problem items and failed parts that cause image quality failure 3 1 2 How to use Image Quality Troubleshooting 1 When an image quality problem occurs carry out troubleshooting by searching the appropriate page for 3 4 Image Quality FIP in the con...

Страница 224: ...int result with the Printer Engine only is also abnormal Malfunction on the Printer Engine side When it is the case of Malfunction on ESS side replace with normal ESS and normal Interface Cable and check When the trouble still occurs after replacement check the host side and operate Troubleshooting efficiently using the following image quality FIP according to each phenomenon Replace TONER CARTRID...

Страница 225: ... P2 The entire output is blank FIP 1 P3 Part or the entire output is black FIP 1 P4 Toner smears FIP 1 P5 Random spots FIP 1 P6 Streaks appear on the output FIP 1 P7 Pitched color dots FIP 1 P8 Vertical blanks FIP 1 P9 Ghosting FIP 1 P10 Light Induced Fatigue FIP 1 P11 Fog FIP 1 P12 Bead Carry Out BCO FIP 1 P13 Jagged characters FIP 1 P14 Banding Horizontal band cross out FIP 1 P15 Auger mark FIP ...

Страница 226: ...the roll The trouble may be solved easily by the check No Roll Parts Period mm Replaceable parts 1 Heat Roll 67 FUSING UNIT 2 Pressure Belt 63 FUSING UNIT 3 Drum 76 PHD ASSY 4 Belt 410 TRANSFER ASSY 5 Regi Roll rubber 37 PRINTER Exit Roll FUSING UNIT Dup Gate FUSING UNIT Heat Roll FUSING UNIT Belt TRANSFER ASSY Pressure Belt FUSING UNIT Regi Roll rubber PRINTER Dup Roll ROLLER ASSY DUP Regi Roll m...

Страница 227: ...age Quality Troubleshooting Pitch Chart The chart is printed Contamination Check in the Test Print of the Diagnosis Page 1 Page 2 Page 3 Page 4 Page 5 Wsb02028KA 13 Wsb02027KA 13 Wsb02029KA 13 Wsb02030KA 13 Wsb02025KA ...

Страница 228: ...original color density low END change the original Go to step 3 3 Checking the Default setting Is the Lighter Darker of the Copy Default in the Copy of the Default Settings the Lighter 2 or 3 Set the Normal or Darker 1 to 3 Go to step 5 4 Checking the printing Checked by Test Print Gradation in diagnosis Is the image printed correctly Printing data is incorrect then check the printing data which t...

Страница 229: ...nus Is the image printed correctly End of work Go to step 10 10 Checking the PHD ASSY sealing ribbon After turning the printer off open the front cover and remove the PHD ASSY from the printer Remove any of the 8 pieces of sealing ribbon that may be left on the PHD ASSY Then install the PHD ASSY into the printer If the ribbon is found it takes a long time until the density is recovered To use the ...

Страница 230: ... step 14 Go to step 14 14 Checking after resetting the PHD ASSY Reseat the PHD ASSY Is the image printed correctly End of work Go to step 15 15 Checking the laser beam windows of the ROS ASSY Are the laser beam windows on the ROS ASSY clean Go to step 16 Clean the window s with soft cloth or cotton swab gently 16 Checking the laser beam path Are there any foreign substances between the ROS ASSY an...

Страница 231: ...he TRANSFER ASSY Reseat the TRANSFER ASSY Is the image printed correctly End of work Go to step 22 22 Checking after replacing the TRANSFER ASSY Replace the KIT TRANSFER ASSY Refer to REP6 3 Is the image printed correctly End of work Go to step 23 23 Checking after replacing the PHD ASSY Replace the PHD ASSY Refer to REP4 6 Is the image printed correctly End of work Go to step 24 24 Checking after...

Страница 232: ...est page Is the image printed correctly Printing data form is not suitable for the printer then check the printing data which the problem generated Go to step 4 4 Checking the TONER CARTRIDGE Y M C or K for installation Shake and reseat the suspected TONER CARTRIDGE Y M C or K Is the image printed correctly End of work Go to step 5 5 Checking the TONER CARTRIDGE Y M C or K Is the toner cartridges ...

Страница 233: ...ASSY for connection Open the COVER ASSY FRONT Are four HV terminals on the right side of the TRANSFER ASSY and four springs on the frame PL4 1 11 12 13 and 14 dirty and or deformed Clean or replace the TRANSFER ASSY or SPRING s then go to step 10 Go to step 11 10 Is the image printed correctly End of work Go to step 11 11 Checking the PHD ASSY for connection Remove the PHD ASSY Are five HV termina...

Страница 234: ...18 18 Checking after resetting the PWBA ESS AIO Reseat the PWBA ESS AIO Is the image printed correctly End of work Go to step 19 19 Checking after resetting the TRANSFER ASSY Reseat the TRANSFER ASSY Is the image printed correctly End of work Go to step 20 20 Checking after replacing the TRANSFER ASSY Replace the KIT TRANSFER ASSY Refer to REP6 3 Is the image printed correctly End of work Go to st...

Страница 235: ... Test Pattern 600 in diagnostic Is the image printed correctly Printing data is incorrect then check the printing data which the problem generated Go to step 4 4 Checking the printer driver setting Is the Output Color option under the Graphics tab set to Color Auto Go to step 5 Set the option to Color Auto 5 Checking the Toner Type Is the XEROX Toner seated Go to step 6 Replace the toner with the ...

Страница 236: ...ioner Are printouts still toner smears after turning on the air conditioner Go to step 2 End of work 2 Checking the paper Is the installed paper with a new and dry one or does the paper satisfy the specification Go to step 3 Replace the paper with a new and dry one or Change the paper to the one that satisfies the specification 3 Checking after replacing the PHD ASSY Replace the PHD ASSY Refer to ...

Страница 237: ...nd ADF Feed Roller Are there any damages or foreign substances Remove the foreign substances or Clean up the Scanner If platen glass has been damaged Replace the IIT ASSY SUB Refer to REP9 5 Go to step 5 4 Checking the Print Checked by Test Print Contamination check in diagnosis Is the image printed correctly Printing data is incorrect then check the printing data which the problem generated Go to...

Страница 238: ...r connection Remove the PHD ASSY Are five HV terminals on the PHD ASSY and five springs on the frame PL4 1 10 and PL4 1 15 to 18 dirty and or deformed Clean and or replace the PHD ASSY or SPRING s Go to step 10 10 Checking after replacing the PHD ASSY Replace the PHD ASSY Refer to REP4 6 Is the image printed correctly End of work Warning Start the operation after the FUSING UNIT has cooled down Re...

Страница 239: ... glass and ADF Feed Roller Are there any damages or foreign substances Remove the foreign substances or Clean up the Scanner If platen glass has been damaged Replace the IIT ASSY SUB Refer to REP9 5 Go to step 5 4 Checking the Print Checked by Test Print Contamination check in diagnosis Is the image printed correctly Printing data is incorrect then check the printing data which the problem generat...

Страница 240: ...r connection Remove the PHD ASSY Are five HV terminals on the PHD ASSY and five springs on the frame PL4 1 10 and PL4 1 15 to 18 dirty and or deformed Clean and or replace the PHD ASSY or SPRING s Go to step 10 10 Checking after replacing the PHD ASSY Replace the PHD ASSY Refer to REP4 6 Is the image printed correctly End of work Warning Start the operation after the FUSING UNIT has cooled down Re...

Страница 241: ...substances or Clean up the Scanner If platen glass has been damaged Replace the IIT ASSY SUB Refer to REP9 5 Go to step 5 4 Checking the Print Checked by Test Print Contamination check in diagnosis Is the image printed correctly Printing data is incorrect then check the printing data which the problem generated Go to step 5 5 Checking after cleaning Inside the Printer Is the image printed correctl...

Страница 242: ...ean or replace the TRANSFER ASSY or SPRING s Go to step 10 10 Checking the PHD ASSY for connection Remove the PHD ASSY Are five HV terminals on the PHD ASSY and five springs on the frame PL4 1 10 and PL4 1 15 to 18 dirty and or deformed Clean and or replace the PHD ASSY or SPRING s Go to step 11 11 Checking after replacing the PHD ASSY Replace the PHD ASSY Refer to REP4 6 Is the image printed corr...

Страница 243: ... check in diagnosis Is the image printed correctly Printing data is incorrect then check the printing data which the problem generated Go to step 4 4 Checking the paper Is the installed paper with a new and dry one or does the paper satisfy the specification Go to step 5 Replace the paper with a new and dry one or Change the paper to the one that satisfies the specification 5 Checking for foreign ...

Страница 244: ...ce the TRANSFER ASSY or SPRING s Go to step 8 8 Checking the laser beam path Are there any foreign substances between the ROS ASSY and PHD ASSY Remove the foreign substances Go to step 9 9 Checking the PHD ASSY for connection Remove the PHD ASSY Are five HV terminals on the PHD ASSY and five springs on the frame PL4 1 10 and PL4 1 15 to 18 dirty and or deformed Clean and or replace the PHD ASSY or...

Страница 245: ...Is the image printed correctly End of work Go to step 12 12 Checking after replacing the ROS ASSY Replace the KIT ROS Refer to REP4 1 Is the image printed correctly End of work Go to step 13 13 Checking after replacing the PHD ASSY Replace the PHD ASSY Refer to REP4 6 Is the image printed correctly End of work Warning Start the operation after the FUSING UNIT has cooled down Replace the FUSING UNI...

Страница 246: ...t the Ghost Configuration Chart Page To print Ghost Configuration Chart click Ghost Configuration Chart in Chart Print on the diagnosis tab of Tool Box Is the image printed correctly End of work Go to step 4 4 Checking the paper Does the paper satisfy the specification Go to step 5 Change the paper to the one that satisfies the specification 5 Adjusting the transfer bias Adjust the voltage value o...

Страница 247: ...step 9 9 Checking the HARN ASSY LVPS for continuity Disconnect J14 from the PWBA MCU Disconnect J141 from the LED ASSY ERASE Is each cable of J14 J141 continuous Replace the LED ASSY ERASE Refer to REP4 4 then go to step 10 Replace the HARNESS ASSY LVPS MAIN MG AIO 10 Checking the PHD ASSY for connection Remove the PHD ASSY Are five HV terminals on the PHD ASSY and five springs on the frame PL4 1 ...

Страница 248: ...ASSY for connection Open the COVER ASSY FRONT Are four HV terminals on the TRANSFER ASSY and four springs on the frame PL4 1 11 12 13 and 14 dirty and or deformed Clean or replace the TRANSFER ASSY or SPRING s Replace the PHD ASSY Refer to REP4 6 Step Check Remedy Yes No ...

Страница 249: ... as staples paper clips scraps of paper and so on Step Check Remedy Yes No 1 Checking after Drum Refresh Mode Execute the Drum Refresh Mode To execute the Drum Refresh Mode click Drum Refresh Mode in Refresh Mode on the diagnosis tab of Tool Box Is the image printed correctly End of work Go to step 2 2 Checking after replacing the PHD ASSY Replace the PHD ASSY Refer to REP4 6 Does the error still ...

Страница 250: ...o step 5 4 Checking the printing Checked by Test Print Gradation in diagnosis Is the image printed correctly Printing data is incorrect then check the printing data which the problem generated Go to step 5 5 Changing the printer driver setting Reset Image Settings Brightness Contrast to defaults Click Restore Defaults in Image Settings on the Graphics tab Is the image printed correctly End of work...

Страница 251: ...ASSY Reseat the PHD ASSY Is the image printed correctly End of work Go to step 10 10 Checking after resetting the PWBA HVPS Reseat the PWBA HVPS Is the image printed correctly End of work Go to step 11 11 Checking after replacing the PHD ASSY Replace the PHD ASSY Refer to REP4 6 Is the image printed correctly End of work Replace the PWBA HVPS Refer to REP4 5 Step Check Remedy Yes No ...

Страница 252: ...the altitude Set the altitude To set the altitude use Adjust Altitude on the Printer Maintenance tab of Tool Box Is the image printed correctly End of work Go to step 2 2 Checking after resetting the PHD ASSY Reseat the PHD ASSY Is the image printed correctly End of work Go to step 3 3 Checking after resetting the PWBA HVPS Reseat the PWBA HVPS Is the image printed correctly End of work Go to step...

Страница 253: ...ia the printer driver To change the Screen settings use Screen on the Advanced Property tab of the printer driver NOTE If using a downloaded font ensure that the font is recommended for the printer operating system and the application being used Is the image printed correctly End of work Go to step 3 3 Checking the printer setting Change the Print Mode setting to High Quality via the printer drive...

Страница 254: ... Toner Type Is the XEROX Toner seated Go to step 6 Replace the toner with the XEROX toner 6 Checking after resetting the KIT ROS ASSY Reseat the KIT ROS ASSY Is the image printed correctly End of work Replace the KIT ROS Refer to REP4 1 Step Check Remedy Yes No ...

Страница 255: ...olor clean Go to step 4 END change the original 3 Checking the Print Checked by Test Print Contamination check in diagnosis Is the image printed correctly Printing data is incorrect then check the printing data which the problem generated Go to step 4 4 Checking the paper Is the installed paper with a new and dry one or does the paper satisfy the specification Go to step 5 Replace the paper with a...

Страница 256: ...e TRANSFER ASSY and four springs on the frame PL4 1 11 12 13 and 14 dirty and or deformed Clean or replace the TRANSFER ASSY or SPRING s Go to step 8 8 Checking the PHD ASSY for connection Remove the PHD ASSY Are five HV terminals on the PHD ASSY and five springs on the frame PL4 1 10 and PL4 1 15 to 18 dirty and or deformed Clean and or replace the PHD ASSY or SPRING s Go to step 9 9 Checking aft...

Страница 257: ...3 Image Quality Troubleshooting 11 Checking after replacing the ROS ASSY Replace the KIT ROS Refer to REP4 1 Is the image printed correctly End of work Replace the PWBA HVPS Refer to REP4 5 Step Check Remedy Yes No ...

Страница 258: ...he image printed correctly End of work Go to step 2 2 Checking the Toner Type Is the XEROX Toner seated Go to step 3 Replace the toner with the XEROX toner 3 Checking Dispense Motor Y M C or K for operation Operate the Dispense Motor Y M C or K for the color in which the problem lies To check the operation of the Dispense Motor Y M C or K click Dispense Motor Y M C or K in Machine Check on the dia...

Страница 259: ...15 to 18 dirty and or deformed Clean and or replace the PHD ASSY or SPRING s Go to step 6 6 Checking after resetting the PHD ASSY Reseat the PHD ASSY Is the image printed correctly End of work Go to step 7 7 Checking after replacing the PHD ASSY Replace the PHD ASSY Refer to REP4 6 Is the image printed correctly End of work Replace the DISPENSER ASSY Refer to REP5 1 Step Check Remedy Yes No ...

Страница 260: ...f work Go to step 3 3 Checking the paper path Are there any foreign substances on the paper path Remove the foreign substances then go to step 4 Go to step 5 4 Is the image printed correctly End of work Go to step 5 5 Checking the ROLL ASSY REGI and ROLL ASSY METAL for rotation Checked by Digital Output Main Motor in IOT Diag and then enter the Digital Output Regi Clutch in IOT Diag Does the Roll ...

Страница 261: ...ng the HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR Reseat the HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR Is the image printed correctly End of work Go to step 12 12 Checking after replacing the HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR Replace the KIT HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR Refer to REP2 2 Is the image printed correctly End of work Go to step 13 13 Checking after resetting the ROLL ASSY FEED Reseat the ROLL ASSY FEED Is the image printed correctly End of work ...

Страница 262: ... 7 2 Checking the error mode Does the error occur when feeding the original at the ADF Go to step 4 Go to step 3 3 Checking the original setting Is the original set to the platen glass correctly Replace the IIT ASSY SUB Refer to REP9 5 Reseat the original 4 Checking the original setting Does the original meet the ADF spec Go to step 5 Use the platen mode or change the paper type 5 Checking the ADF...

Страница 263: ...oblem generated Go to step 8 8 Checking after replacing the PHD ASSY Replace the PHD ASSY Refer to REP4 6 Does the error appear on the printed material when printing Go to step 9 End of work 9 Checking after replacing the TRANSFER ASSY Replace the KIT TRANSFER ASSY Refer to REP6 3 Does the error appear on the printed material when printing Replace the KIT ROS Refer to REP4 1 End of work Step Check...

Страница 264: ...nt the Color Regi Chart Is the image printed correctly End of work Go to step 3 3 Checking after automatic color registration Execute the automatic color registration To execute the automatic color registration click Auto Correct in Color Registration Adjustments on the Printer Maintenance tab of Tool Box Is the image printed correctly End of work Go to step 4 4 Checking after manual color registr...

Страница 265: ... setting Is the original set to the platen glass correctly Replace the IIT ASSY SUB Refer to REP9 5 Reseat the original 4 Checking the original setting Does the original meet the ADF spec Go to step 5 Use the platen mode or change the paper type 5 Checking the ADF Guides setting Reseat the ADF Guides Does the error still occur when copying Go to step 6 End of work 6 Checking the KIT ADF FEED ROLL ...

Страница 266: ...work Go to step 14 14 Checking the side guides of the Paper Cassette Reset the side guides Is the image printed correctly End of work Go to step 15 15 Checking the paper path Are there any foreign substances on the paper path Remove the foreign substances then go to step 16 Go to step 17 16 Is the image printed correctly End of work Go to step 17 17 Checking after resetting the HOLDER ASSY SEPARAT...

Страница 267: ...er path Remove the foreign substances then go to step 4 Go to step 5 4 Is the image printed correctly End of work Go to step 5 5 Checking the ROLL ASSY REGI and ROLL ASSY METAL for rotation Checked by Digital Output Main Motor in IOT Diag and then enter the Digital Output Regi Clutch in IOT Diag Does the Roll Assy Regi and Roll Regi Metal rotate During this check cheat the interlock switch HARN AS...

Страница 268: ...mage printed correctly End of work Go to step 12 12 Checking after replacing the HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR Replace the KIT HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR Refer to REP2 2 Is the image printed correctly End of work Go to step 13 13 Checking after resetting the ROLL ASSY FEED Reseat the ROLL ASSY FEED Is the image printed correctly End of work Replace the KIT ROLL ASSY FEED Refer to REP3 3 Step Check Remedy Yes N...

Страница 269: ... paper Does the using paper meet the specifications Go to step 3 Use the paper that meets the specifications then go to step 2 2 Is the image printed correctly End of work Go to step 3 3 Checking after resetting the FUSING UNIT Warning Start the operation after the FUSING UNIT has cooled down Reseat the FUSING UNIT Is the image printed correctly End of work Warning Start the operation after the FU...

Страница 270: ...path such as staples paper clips scraps of paper and so on Step Check Remedy Yes No 1 Checking for foreign materials around the paper transfer path Are there any foreign materials such as precut adhesive labels in the the paper transfer path Remove the foreign materials Warning Start the operation after the FUSING UNIT has cooled down Replace the FUSING UNIT Refer to REP6 1 After replacement be su...

Страница 271: ...Chapter 4 Disassembly Assembly and Adjustments ...

Страница 272: ......

Страница 273: ... 4 52 REP2 1 CASSETTE ASSY 250 MG AIO PL2 1 1 4 52 REP2 2 HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR PL2 1 5 4 54 REP2 3 PLATE ASSY BOTTOM PL2 1 2 4 56 REP2 4 TRAY ASSY EXTENSION PL2 1 17 4 58 REP2 5 GUIDE ASSY END PL2 1 25 4 60 REP2 6 KIT SIDE GUIDE PL2 1 99 4 62 REP3 PAPER FEEDER 4 66 REP3 1 SCC CLUTCH ASSY DRV PL3 1 1 BEARING REGI PL3 1 2 4 66 REP3 2 SOLENOID FEED MSI PL3 1 11 4 70 REP3 3 ROLL ASSY FEED PL3 2 4 4 7...

Страница 274: ...8 1 5 4 218 REP8 5 SHIELD ASSY ESS AIO PL8 1 7 4 220 REP8 6 SENSOR HUM PL8 1 10 4 222 REP8 7 PLATE ASSY TOP PL8 2 2 4 224 REP8 8 SCC DUCT FAN ASSY AIO PL8 2 7 4 232 REP8 9 SCC PWBA LVPS PL8 2 12 4 234 REP8 10 PWBA MCU PL8 3 6 4 238 REP8 11 SCC SWITCH ASSY INLET MG AIO PL8 3 7 4 242 REP8 12 CHASSIS ASSY LVPS Reference only 4 248 REP8 13 CHASSIS ASSY INLET Reference only 4 254 REP9 SCANNER ASSY 4 25...

Страница 275: ...embly and Adjustments CONTENTS REP 99 Safety Critical Components SCC 4 311 REP 99 1 1 Safety Critical Components SCC 4 311 4 3 Adjustments 4 312 ADJ10 1 Firmware download Controller and MCU 4 312 ADJ10 2 Directions for Replacing Important Information Stored Component 4 315 ...

Страница 276: ......

Страница 277: ...work Safety Critical Component SCC Control of the safety of components that are designated Safety Critical Components shall conform to Fuji Xerox Co Ltd stipulated rules and regulations on Safety Critical Components As to replacement of any component designated SCC the complete component unit must be replaced It must never be disassembled or no individual internal parts of it must be replaced Inst...

Страница 278: ... to keep it from being exposed to light Remove CASSETTE ASSY 250 PHD ASSY TONER CARTRIDGE and FUSING UNIT and put them in a place where they do not affect the procedure Note that the service procedures can be performed with those parts in place depending on the target section of removal replace ment No Type Application Shape How to distinguish Points to be noted Major application locations 1 Screw...

Страница 279: ...4 3 Chapter 4 Disassembly Assembly and Adjustments PHD ASSY Fusing Unit Black toner cartridge Cassette ASSY 250 Cyan toner cartridge Magenta toner cartridge Yellow toner cartridge MiA03010SA ...

Страница 280: ...he procedure Front Front direction when facing the front of device Rear Rear direction when facing the front of device Left Left direction when facing the front of device Right Right direction when facing the front of device REP X Y used in or at the end of sentences in the procedure shows that related work proce dure is described in REP X Y Screws in a diagram are supposed to be loosened and remo...

Страница 281: ...4 5 Chapter 4 Disassembly Assembly and Adjustments Blank Page ...

Страница 282: ...osure to light 3 Remove the PHD ASSY REP4 6 NOTE The FUSING UNIT part is very hot Take added care not to get burned when performing the service operation 4 Remove the FUSING UNIT REP6 1 5 Remove the COVER ASSY SIDE L AIO REP1 9 6 Remove the one screw silver 6mm and the one screw silver tap 8mm that fix the COVER POLE OUT AIO PL1 1 1 to the printer 7 Push the boss of the COVER TOP AIO PL1 1 4 using...

Страница 283: ...4 7 Chapter 4 Disassembly Assembly and Adjustments 8 Release the two hooks of the COVER POLE OUT AIO remove the COVER POLE OUT AIO from the printer ...

Страница 284: ...1 Mate the two hooks of the COVER POLE OUT AIO with the holes of the printer 2 Mate the hole of the COVER POLE OUT AIO with the boss of the COVER TOP AIO 3 Secure the COVER POLE OUT AIO to the printer with the one screw silver 6mm and the one screw sil ver tap 8mm ...

Страница 285: ...4 9 Chapter 4 Disassembly Assembly and Adjustments Blank Page ...

Страница 286: ... ASSY REP4 6 NOTE The FUSING UNIT part is very hot Take added care not to get burned when performing the service operation 4 Remove the FUSING UNIT REP6 1 5 Remove the COVER ASSY SIDE L AIO REP1 9 6 Remove the COVER POLE OUT AIO REP1 1 7 Remove the SHIELD ASSY ESS AIO REP8 5 8 Remove the COVER POLE IN AIO REP1 3 9 Shift the COVER SCANNER LOW AIO to right side release the four hooks of the COVER SC...

Страница 287: ...4 11 Chapter 4 Disassembly Assembly and Adjustments Replacement 1 Mate the four hooks of the COVER SCANNER LOW AIO with the holes of the printer move the COVER SCANNER LOW AIO to secure it ...

Страница 288: ...rum of the PHD ASSY to avoid exposure to light 3 Remove the PHD ASSY REP4 6 NOTE The FUSING UNIT part is very hot Take added care not to get burned when performing the service operation 4 Remove the FUSING UNIT REP6 1 5 Remove the COVER ASSY SIDE L AIO REP1 9 6 Remove the COVER POLE OUT AIO REP1 1 7 Remove the SHIELD ASSY ESS AIO REP8 5 8 Release the four hooks of the COVER POLE IN AIO PL1 1 3 ...

Страница 289: ...4 13 Chapter 4 Disassembly Assembly and Adjustments 9 Remove the COVER POLE IN AIO from the printer ...

Страница 290: ...sassembly Assembly and Adjustments Replacement 1 Mate the two bosses of the COVER POLE IN AIO with the holes of the printer attach the COVER POLE IN AIO 2 Secure the COVER POLE IN AIO to the printer with the four hooks ...

Страница 291: ...4 15 Chapter 4 Disassembly Assembly and Adjustments Blank Page ...

Страница 292: ...ot to get burned when performing the service operation 4 Remove the FUSING UNIT REP6 1 5 Remove the COVER ASSY SIDE R AIO REP1 8 6 Remove the COVER ASSY SIDE L AIO REP1 9 7 Remove the COVER POLE OUT AIO REP1 1 8 Remove the SHIELD ASSY ESS AIO REP8 5 9 Remove the COVER POLE IN AIO REP1 3 10 Remove the COVER REAR AIO REP1 5 11 Remove the two screws silver tap 8mm that fix the COVER TOP AIO PL1 1 4 t...

Страница 293: ...4 17 Chapter 4 Disassembly Assembly and Adjustments 13 Remove the boss of the COVER TOP AIO from the hole of the printer remove the COVER TOP AIO from the printer ...

Страница 294: ...lacement 1 Mate the boss of the COVER TOP AIO with the hole of the printer 2 Mate the two holes of the COVER TOP AIO with the pegs of the printer by pulling down the COVER TOP AIO 3 Secure the COVER TOP AIO to the printer with the two screws silver tap 8mm ...

Страница 295: ...4 19 Chapter 4 Disassembly Assembly and Adjustments Blank Page ...

Страница 296: ... avoid exposure to light 3 Remove the PHD ASSY REP4 6 NOTE The FUSING UNIT part is very hot Take added care not to get burned when performing the service operation 4 Remove the FUSING UNIT REP6 1 5 Remove the COVER ASSY SIDE R AIO REP1 8 6 Remove the COVER ASSY SIDE L AIO REP1 9 7 Remove the two screws silver tap 8mm that fix the COVER REAR AIO PL1 1 5 to the printer 8 Remove the COVER REAR AIO fr...

Страница 297: ...d Adjustments Replacement 1 Insert the rim on the upper side of the COVER REAR AIO into the inside of the COVER TOP AIO attach the COVER REAR AIO to the printer 2 Secure the COVER REAR AIO to the printer with the two screws sil ver tap 8mm ...

Страница 298: ...osure to light 3 Remove the PHD ASSY REP4 6 NOTE The FUSING UNIT part is very hot Take added care not to get burned when performing the service operation 4 Remove the FUSING UNIT REP6 1 5 Remove the COVER ASSY SIDE R AIO REP1 8 6 Release the boss on the upper hinge of the COVER WINDOW TNR AIO PL1 1 7 from the hole of the COVER SIDE R AIO PL1 1 6 7 Release the boss on the lower hinge of the COVER W...

Страница 299: ...4 23 Chapter 4 Disassembly Assembly and Adjustments 8 Remove the COVER WINDOW TNR AIO from the COVER SIDE R AIO ...

Страница 300: ...f the COVER WINDOW TNR AIO into the hole of the COVER SIDE R AIO 2 Mate the boss on the lower hinge of the COVER WINDOW TNR AIO with the hole of the COVER SIDE R AIO 3 Mate the boss on the upper hinge of the COVER WINDOW TNR AIO with the hole of the COVER SIDE R AIO to attach the COVER WIN DOW TNR AIO ...

Страница 301: ...4 25 Chapter 4 Disassembly Assembly and Adjustments Blank Page ...

Страница 302: ...he drum of the PHD ASSY to avoid exposure to light 3 Remove the PHD ASSY REP4 6 NOTE The FUSING UNIT part is very hot Take added care not to get burned when performing the service operation 4 Remove the FUSING UNIT REP6 1 5 Remove the COVER ASSY SIDE L AIO REP1 9 6 Release the boss of the COVER ASSY ESS PL1 1 9 from the hole of the COVER SIDE L AIO PL1 1 8 remove the COVER ASSY ESS from the COVER ...

Страница 303: ...4 27 Chapter 4 Disassembly Assembly and Adjustments Replacement 1 Insert the boss of the COVER ASSY ESS to the hole of the COVER SIDE L AIO attach the COVER ASSY ESS to the COVER SIDE L AIO ...

Страница 304: ...he PHD ASSY REP4 6 NOTE The FUSING UNIT part is very hot Take added care not to get burned when performing the service operation 4 Remove the FUSING UNIT REP6 1 5 Open the COVER WINDOW TNR AIO PL1 1 7 6 Remove the one screw sliver tap 8mm that fixes the STRAP ASSY AIO PL1 2 30 to the COVER ASSY FRONT remove the STRAP ASSY AIO from the COVER ASSY FRONT 7 Remove the eight screws silver tap 8mm that ...

Страница 305: ... 4 Disassembly Assembly and Adjustments 8 Release the three hooks of the COVER ASSY SIDE R AIO remove the COVER ASSY SIDE R AIO NOTE Please use the miniature screwdriver when the front hook doesn t come off easily ...

Страница 306: ...y and Adjustments Replacement 1 Attach the COVER ASSY SIDE R AIO to the printer 2 Secure the three hooks of the COVER ASSY SIDE R AIO to the printer 3 Secure the COVER ASSY SIDE R AIO to the printer with the eight screws silver tap 8mm ...

Страница 307: ...4 31 Chapter 4 Disassembly Assembly and Adjustments 4 Mate the hole of the STRAP ASSY AIO with the boss of the COVER ASSY FRONT secure the STRAP ASSY AIO with the one screw sil ver tap 8mm ...

Страница 308: ...OVER ASSY FRONT PL1 2 1 NOTE Cover the drum of the PHD ASSY to avoid exposure to light 3 Remove the PHD ASSY REP4 6 NOTE The FUSING UNIT part is very hot Take added care not to get burned when performing the service operation 4 Remove the FUSING UNIT REP6 1 5 Loosen the SCREW KNURLING shift the COVER ASSY ESS PL1 1 9 to rear side 6 Open the COVER ASSY ESS ...

Страница 309: ... the three screws silver tap 8mm that fix the COVER ASSY SIDE L AIO PL1 1 13 to the printer 8 Release the three hooks of the COVER ASSY SIDE L AIO 9 Shift the COVER ASSY SIDE L AIO to front side release the two hooks of the COVER ASSY SIDE L AIO Remove the COVER ASSY SIDE L AIO from the printer ...

Страница 310: ...e the two hooks of the COVER ASSY SIDE L AIO with the holes of the COVER REAR AIO 2 Secure the three hooks of the COVER ASSY SIDE L AIO to the printer 3 Secure the COVER ASSY SIDE L AIO to the printer with the two screws silver M4 6mm and the three screws silver tap 8mm ...

Страница 311: ...4 35 Chapter 4 Disassembly Assembly and Adjustments 4 Close the COVER ASSY ESS 5 Shift the COVER ASSY ESS to front side secure the SCREW KNURL ING ...

Страница 312: ...Take added care not to get burned when performing the service operation 4 Remove the FUSING UNIT REP6 1 5 Remove the COVER ASSY SIDE R AIO REP1 8 6 Remove the COVER ASSY SIDE L AIO REP1 9 NOTE When carrying out the work described next procedure leave the relay connector on the printer harness side 7 Release the relay connector from the rib of the printer disengage the con necter P J271 of the HARN...

Страница 313: ...r from the rib of the printer disengage the con necter P J5301 of the HARNESS A OP OPP PL1 2 27 10 Release the HARNESS A OP OPP from the hooks of the printer 11 Remove the one screw silver 6mm that fixes the grounding terminal of the HARNESS ASSY DUP GND MG AIO PL1 2 15 release the HARNESS ASSY DUP GND MG AIO from the hooks of the printer NOTE This step is only duplex model ...

Страница 314: ...he hook of the SHAFT PIVOT PL1 2 14 pull out the left side SHAFT PIVOT 13 Release the hook of the SHAFT PIVOT pull out the right side SHAFT PIVOT 14 Release the hook of the SHAFT PIVOT pull out the SHAFT PIVOT that is the fixation of the LINK ASSY FRONT AIO PL1 2 28 ...

Страница 315: ...4 39 Chapter 4 Disassembly Assembly and Adjustments 15 Lift the COVER ASSY FRONT PL1 2 1 slightly up to remove the COVER ASSY FRONT from the printer ...

Страница 316: ...o the printer 2 Mate the flat face of the SHAFT PIVOT with the hole of the COVER ASSY FRONT push the SHAFT PIVOT that is the fixation of the LINK ASSY FRONT AIO until the hook is locked 3 Mate the flat face of the SHAFT PIVOT with the hole of the COVER ASSY FRONT push the right side SHAFT PIVOT until the hook is locked ...

Страница 317: ...ocked 5 Route the HARNESS ASSY DUP GND MG AIO along the hooks of the printer secure the grounding termi nal of the HARNESS ASSY DUP GND MG AIO with the one screw silver 6mm NOTE This step is only duplex model 6 Route the HARNESS ASSY PNL A through the hooks of the printer engage the connector P J5301 of the HARNESS ASSY PNL A Secure the relay connector with the rib of the printer ...

Страница 318: ...embly Assembly and Adjustments 7 Route the HARNESS ASSY DUP STD MG AIO through the hooks of the printer engage the connector P J271 of the HARNESS ASSY DUP STD MG AIO Secure the relay con nector with the rib of the printer ...

Страница 319: ...4 43 Chapter 4 Disassembly Assembly and Adjustments Blank Page ...

Страница 320: ...ke added care not to get burned when performing the service operation 4 Remove the FUSING UNIT REP6 1 5 Remove the COVER ASSY SIDE R AIO REP1 8 6 Remove the FEEDER ASSY DUP AIO STD REP10 1 Duplex model only 7 Release the two holes of the COVER INNER FRONT AIO PL1 2 4 from the two bosses of the CONSOLE ASSY PANEL AIO PL1 2 3 using a miniature screwdriver shift the COVER INNER FRONT AIO to lower sid...

Страница 321: ... not to drop the CONSOLE ASSY PANEL AIO 9 Disengage the connector P J202 of the CONSOLE ASSY PANEL AIO 10 Remove the six screws silver tap 8mm that fix the CONSOLE ASSY PANEL AIO to the COVER ASSY FRONT 11 Release the three hooks of the CON SOLE ASSY PANEL AIO remove the CONSOLE ASSY PANEL AIO from the COVER ASSY FRONT ...

Страница 322: ...ustments Replacement 1 Attach the CONSOLE ASSY PANEL AIO to the printer secure the three hooks of the CONSOLE ASSY PANEL AIO to the COVER ASSY FRONT 2 Secure the CONSOLE ASSY PANEL AIO to the COVER ASSY FRONT with the five screws silver tap 8mm ...

Страница 323: ...NER FRONT AIO to the upper side mate the two holes of the COVER INNER FRONT AIO with the two bosses of the COVER ASSY FRONT 3 Engage the connector P J202 of the CONSOLE ASSY PANEL AIO 4 Mate the five hooks of the COVER INNER FRONT AIO with the holes of the COVER ASSY FRONT ...

Страница 324: ... AIO REP2 1 2 Open the COVER ASSY FRONT PL1 2 1 3 Release the hook of the SHAFT PIVOT PL1 2 14 pull out the left side SHAFT PIVOT 4 Release the hook of the SHAFT PIVOT pull out the right side SHAFT PIVOT 5 Release the hook of the SHAFT PIVOT pull out the SHAFT PIVOT that is the fixation of the LINK ASSY FRONT AIO PL1 2 28 ...

Страница 325: ...the hole of the COVER ASSY FRONT push the SHAFT PIVOT that is the fixation of the LINK ASSY FRONT AIO until the hook is locked 2 Mate the flat face of the SHAFT PIVOT with the hole of the COVER ASSY FRONT push the right side SHAFT PIVOT until the hook is locked 3 Mate the flat face of the SHAFT PIVOT with the hole of the COVER ASSY FRONT push the left side SHAFT PIVOT until the hook is locked ...

Страница 326: ...SY to avoid exposure to light 3 Remove the PHD ASSY REP4 6 NOTE The FUSING UNIT part is very hot Take added care not to get burned when performing the service operation 4 Remove the FUSING UNIT REP6 1 5 Remove the COVER ASSY SIDE R AIO REP1 8 6 Shift the STRAP ASSY AIO PL1 2 30 release the hook of the STRAP ASSY AIO from the COVER ASSY SIDE R AIO 7 Remove the STRAP ASSY AIO from the COVER ASSY SID...

Страница 327: ...Chapter 4 Disassembly Assembly and Adjustments Replacement 1 Insert the hook of the STRAP ASSY AIO to the hole of the COVER ASSY SIDE R AIO 2 Shift the STRAP ASSY AIO to right side secure the STRAP ASSY AIO ...

Страница 328: ...4 52 Chapter 4 Disassembly Assembly and Adjustments REP2 PAPTER CASSETTE REP2 1 CASSETTE ASSY 250 MG AIO PL2 1 1 Removal 1 Pull out the CASSETTE ASSY 250 MG AIO PL2 1 1 from the printer ...

Страница 329: ...4 53 Chapter 4 Disassembly Assembly and Adjustments Replacement 1 Insert the CASSETTE ASSY 250 MG AIO into the printer ...

Страница 330: ... HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR PL2 1 5 Removal 1 Remove the CASSETTE ASSY 250 MG AIO REP2 1 2 Release the two hooks of the HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR PL2 1 5 3 Pull up the HOLDER ASSY SEPA RATOR to remove the HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR from the CAS SETTE ASSY 250 MG AIO PL2 1 1 ...

Страница 331: ...er 4 Disassembly Assembly and Adjustments Replacement 1 Mate the under tab of the HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR with the hole of the CASSETTE ASSY 250 MG AIO 2 Secure the left and right hooks of the HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR ...

Страница 332: ... the PLATE ASSY BOTTOM PL2 1 2 up 3 Release the left and right bosses of the PLATE ASSY BOTTOM by pressing the left and right of the HOUSING CST 250 PL2 1 18 to outside direction 4 Push the left and right hooks of the HOUSING CST 250 to release the PLATE ASSY BOTTOM remove the PLATE ASSY BOTTOM from the CASSETTE ASSY 250 MG AIO PL2 1 1 LATCH BOTTOM L LATCH BOTTOM R PLATE ASSY BOTTOM SPRING N F L S...

Страница 333: ...ts Replacement Replace in the reverse order of the removal procedure NOTE When attaching the PLATE ASSY BOTTOM make sure that the bosses on the under side of the PLATE ASSY BOTTOM were attached to the SPRING N F L PL2 1 3 and the SPRING N F R PL2 1 4 ...

Страница 334: ...he reverse order of the removal procedure 2 Shift the TRAY ASSY EXTENSION PL2 1 17 to backward until it stops 3 Push the back center of the HOUSING CST 250 PL2 1 18 to release the stopper of the TRAY ASSY EXTENSION 4 Remove the TRAY ASSY EXTENSION from the CASSETTE ASSY 250 MG AIO PL2 1 1 by depressing the latch lever of the TRAY ASSY EXTENSION TRAY ASSY EXTENSION ...

Страница 335: ...4 59 Chapter 4 Disassembly Assembly and Adjustments Blank Page ...

Страница 336: ...e removal procedure 2 Shift the TRAY ASSY EXTENSION PL2 1 17 to backward until it stops 3 Shift the GUIDE ASSY END PL2 1 25 to frontward until it stops 4 Push the front center of the TRAY ASSY EXTENSION to release the stopper of the GUIDE ASSY END 5 Remove the GUIDE ASSY END from the CASSETTE ASSY 250 MG AIO PL2 1 1 by depressing the latch lever of the GUIDE ASSY END GUIDE ASSY END ...

Страница 337: ...4 61 Chapter 4 Disassembly Assembly and Adjustments Blank Page ...

Страница 338: ... REP2 6 KIT SIDE GUIDE PL2 1 99 Removal 1 Remove the CASSETTE ASSY 250 MG AIO REP2 1 2 Remove the PLATE ASSY BOTTOM REP2 2 3 Release the hook that fixes the GEAR PINION PL2 1 7 remove the GEAR PINION from the CASSETTE ASSY 250 MG AIO PL2 1 1 GEAR PINION ...

Страница 339: ...on the GUIDE SIDE L with holes of the HOUSING CST 250 PL2 1 18 5 Remove GUIDE SIDE L from CASETTTE ASSY 250 MG AIO by sliding GUIDE SIDE L so that the three hooks left center right on the bottom are released from the holes on HOUSING CST 250 Ensure that the hooks are released one by one from left to right GUIDE SIDE L hook ...

Страница 340: ...ks on the GUIDE SIDE ASSY R with the holes of the HOUSING CST 250 7 Remove GUIDE SIDE R from CASETTTE ASSY 250 MG AIO by sliding GUIDE SIDE R so that the three hooks right center left on the bottom are released from the holes on HOUSING CST 250 Ensure that the hooks are released one by one from right to left hook GUIDE SIDE R ...

Страница 341: ...Chapter 4 Disassembly Assembly and Adjustments Replacement Replace in the reverse order of the removal procedure NOTE Shift the GUIDE SIDE L and GUIDE SIDE ASSY R to outside before attaching the GEAR PINION ...

Страница 342: ... light 3 Remove the PHD ASSY REP4 6 NOTE The FUSING UNIT part is very hot Take added care not to get burned when performing the service operation 4 Remove the FUSING UNIT REP6 1 5 Remove the COVER ASSY SIDE L AIO REP1 9 NOTE When carrying out the work described below leave the relay connector on the printer harness side 6 Release the harness of the CLUTCH ASSY DRV PL3 1 1 from the hook of the DRIV...

Страница 343: ...mbly and Adjustments 8 Remove the E ring that fixes the CLUTCH ASSY DRV to the shaft using a miniature screwdriver remove the CLUTCH ASSY DRV 9 Release the two hooks of the BEAR ING REGI PL3 1 2 remove the BEARING REGI from the shaft ...

Страница 344: ...ft of the ROLL ASSY REGI secure the BEARING REGI with the hooks 2 Mate the notch of the CLUTCH ASSY DRV with the rib of the DRIVE ASSY PH secure the CLUTCH ASSY DRV to the ROLL ASSY REGI with the E ring by using a pliers 3 Route the harness of the CLUTCH ASSY DRV through the hook of the DRIVE ASSY PH ...

Страница 345: ...4 69 Chapter 4 Disassembly Assembly and Adjustments 4 Engage the connector P J262 of the CLUTCH ASSY DRV secure the relay connector with the pegs of the DRIVE ASSY PH ...

Страница 346: ...hen performing the service operation 4 Remove the FUSING UNIT REP6 1 5 Remove the COVER ASSY SIDE L AIO REP1 9 6 Remove the CLUTCH ASSY DRV and BEARING REGI REP3 1 7 Remove the GEAR P2 PL7 1 3 and DRIVE ASSY PH PL7 1 4 REP7 3 10 Close the COVER ASSY FRONT 8 Release the hook of the ROLL CORE MSI PL3 2 3 on the left of the ROLL ASSY FEED PL 3 2 4 and move the ROLL CORE MSI to left until it stops 9 R...

Страница 347: ...isassembly Assembly and Adjustments 12 Open the COVER ASSY FRONT 11 Remove the ROLL ASSY FEED from the SHAFT ASSY FEED by rotating the ROLL ASSY FEED 180 degrees 13 Remove the SPRING FEED OUT PL3 1 15 from the printer ...

Страница 348: ...ook of the GEAR ASSY FEED PL3 1 19 remove the GEAR ASSY FEED from the SHAFT ASSY FEED PL3 2 2 NOTE When carrying out the work this procedure pushing down the LEVER FEED PL3 1 13 15 Release the harness of the SOLE NOID FEED MSI PL3 1 11 from the hooks of the printer 16 Release the relay connector from the rib of the printer disengage the con necter P J231 of the SOLENOID FEED MSI ...

Страница 349: ...4 73 Chapter 4 Disassembly Assembly and Adjustments 17 Remove the one screw silver tap 8mm that fixes the SOLENOID FEED MSI to the printer remove the SOLENOID FEED MSI ...

Страница 350: ... FEED MSI with the two bosses of the printer secure the SOLENOID FEED MSI with the one screw sil ver tap 8mm 2 Engage the connecter P J231 of the SOLENOID FEED MSI secure the relay connector with the rib of the printer 3 Route the harness of the SOLE NOID FEED MSI through the hooks of the printer ...

Страница 351: ...T ASSY FEED on the front 6 Close the COVER ASSY FRONT 4 Attach the GEAR ASSY FEED to the SHAFT ASSY FEED by pushing down the LEVER FEED mate the hook of the GEAR ASSY FEED with the groove of the SHAFT ASSY FEED 5 Hang the SPRING FEED OUT to the GEAR ASSY FEED and the printer NOTE Ensure that the SPRING FEED OUT is oriented to the direction shown in the right ...

Страница 352: ...he SHAFT ASSY FEED with the groove of the ROLL ASSY FEED facing upward rotate the ROLL ASSY FEED 180 degrees so that the pin on the SHAFT ASSY FEED is aligned with the groove on the ROLL ASSY FEED 9 Move the ROLL ASSY FEED to the right side put the groove of the ROLL ASSY FEED on the pin of the SHAFT ASSY FEED ...

Страница 353: ...4 77 Chapter 4 Disassembly Assembly and Adjustments 10 Move the ROLL CORE MSI to the right side to secure the hook of the ROLL CORE MSI with the groove of the SHAFT ASSY FEED ...

Страница 354: ...um of the PHD ASSY to avoid exposure to light 3 Remove the PHD ASSY REP4 6 6 Close the COVER ASSY FRONT 4 Release the hook of the ROLL CORE MSI PL3 2 3 on the left of the ROLL ASSY FEED PL 3 2 4 and move the ROLL CORE MSI to left until it stops 5 Release the groove on the ROLL ASSY FEED from the vertical pin mounted on the SHAFT ASSY FEED PL3 2 2 by sliding the ROLL ASSY FEED to the left ...

Страница 355: ...4 79 Chapter 4 Disassembly Assembly and Adjustments 7 Remove the ROLL ASSY FEED from the SHAFT ASSY FEED by rotating the ROLL ASSY FEED 180 degrees ...

Страница 356: ... ROLL ASSY FEED to the SHAFT ASSY FEED with the groove of the ROLL ASSY FEED facing upward rotate the ROLL ASSY FEED 180 degrees so that the pin on the SHAFT ASSY FEED is aligned with the groove on the ROLL ASSY FEED 4 Move the ROLL ASSY FEED to the right side put the groove of the ROLL ASSY FEED on the pin of the SHAFT ASSY FEED ...

Страница 357: ...4 81 Chapter 4 Disassembly Assembly and Adjustments 5 Move the ROLL CORE MSI to the right side to secure the hook of the ROLL CORE MSI with the groove of the SHAFT ASSY FEED ...

Страница 358: ...e SHIELD ASSY ESS AIO REP8 5 9 Remove the COVER POLE IN AIO REP1 3 10 Remove the COVER SCANNER LOW AIO REP1 2 11 Remove the COVER REAR AIO REP1 5 12 Remove the COVER TOP AIO REP1 4 13 Remove the CHASSIS ASSY LVPS REP8 12 14 Remove the HARNESS ASSY FRONT USB PL10 1 13 and BRACKET ASSY USB PL10 1 14 REP9 6 15 Remove the TRAY ASSY REP9 3 16 Remove the ADF ASSY REP9 1 17 Remove the IIT ASSY SUB REP9 5...

Страница 359: ...SPRING REGI OUT PL3 2 7 25 Release the hook of the ACTUATOR REGI OUT PL3 2 6 shift the ACTUATOR REGI ROLL M PL3 2 8 to right side 26 Release the ACTUATOR REGI OUT from the hook on the CHUTE UP PL3 2 26 open the ACTUATOR REGI OUT 27 Remove the E ring that fixes the GEAR REGI R PL3 2 22 to the ROLL ASSY REGI PL3 2 9 using a miniature screwdriver ...

Страница 360: ...re it is easier to push the ROLL REGI METAL PL3 2 10 to frontward 29 Remove the BEARING EARTH REGI PL3 2 21 from the ROLL ASSY REGI NOTE When carrying out the work this procedure it is easier to push the ROLL REGI METAL PL3 2 10 to frontward 30 Remove the E ring that fixes the BEARING R PL3 2 31 to the ROLL ASSY REGI using a miniature screwdriver ...

Страница 361: ... to push the ROLL REGI METAL PL3 2 10 to frontward 32 Shift the ROLL ASSY REGI to left to remove the right shaft of the ROLL ASSY REGI remove the ROLL ASSY REGI from the FEEDER ASSY MG AIO PL3 1 98 together with the ACTUATOR REGI OUT and the ACTUATOR REGI ROLL M NOTE When carrying out the work this procedure move the ACTUATOR REGI OUT to right until it stops ...

Страница 362: ...Attach the ROLL ASSY REGI together with the ACTUATOR REGI OUT and the ACTUATOR REGI ROLL M NOTE When carrying out the work this procedure move the ACTUATOR REGI OUT to right until it stops 2 Attach the BEARING R to the ROLL ASSY REGI NOTE When carrying out the work this procedure it is easier to push the ROLL REGI METAL PL3 2 10 to frontward 3 Secure the BEARING R to the ROLL ASSY REGI with the E ...

Страница 363: ...t the work this procedure it is easier to push the ROLL REGI METAL PL3 2 10 to frontward 5 Attach the GEAR REGI R to the ROLL ASSY REGI NOTE When carrying out the work this procedure it is easier to push the ROLL REGI METAL PL3 2 10 to frontward 6 Secure the GEAR REGI R to the ROLL ASSY REGI with the E ring by using the pliers ...

Страница 364: ...leted 7 7 Close the ACTUATOR REGI OUT by inserting the boss of the ACTUA TOR REGI OUT into the SPRING REGI OUT 8 8 Shift the ACTUATOR REGI OUT to left fix the CHUTE UP using the hook 9 9 Attach the ACTUATOR REGI ROLL M by mating the hole of the ACTUATOR REGI ROLL M with the tab of the ACTUATOR REGI OUT Fix it using the hook of the ACTUATOR REGI OUT ...

Страница 365: ...4 89 Chapter 4 Disassembly Assembly and Adjustments Blank Page ...

Страница 366: ...he SHIELD ASSY ESS AIO REP8 5 9 Remove the COVER POLE IN AIO REP1 3 10 Remove the COVER SCANNER LOW AIO REP1 2 11 Remove the COVER REAR AIO REP1 5 12 Remove the COVER TOP AIO REP1 4 13 Remove the CHASSIS ASSY LVPS REP8 12 14 Remove the HARNESS ASSY FRONT USB PL10 1 13 and BRACKET ASSY USB PL10 1 14 REP9 6 15 Remove the TRAY ASSY REP9 3 16 Remove the ADF ASSY REP9 1 17 Remove the IIT ASSY SUB REP9 ...

Страница 367: ...t of the ACTUA TOR REGI IN PL3 2 11 from the hook of the CHUTE UP PL3 2 26 26 Remove the ACTUATOR REGI IN and the SPRING ACT REGI PL3 2 12 by releasing the right shaft of the ACTUATOR REGI IN from the hole of the CHUTE UP 27 Remove the SPRING ACT REGI from the ACTUATOR REGI IN ...

Страница 368: ...e ACTUATOR REGI IN NOTE When carrying out the work described next procedure ensure that the SPRING ACT REGI is hung to ACTUATOR REGI IN and the CHUTE UP correctly 2 Insert the right shaft of the ACTUA TOR REGI IN into the hole of the CHUTE UP hang the SPRING ACT REGI to the CUHTE UP SPRING ACT REGI ...

Страница 369: ... Disassembly Assembly and Adjustments Check the ACTUATOR REGI IN movement after the procedure 3 is completed 3 Fix the left shaft of the ACTUATOR REGI IN with the hook of the CHUTE UP to attach the ACTUA TOR REGI IN ...

Страница 370: ...tion 4 Remove the FUSING UNIT REP6 1 5 Remove the COVER ASSY SIDE R AIO REP1 8 6 Remove the COVER ASSY SIDE L AIO REP1 9 7 Remove the TRANSFER ASSY PL6 1 7 and COVER HARNESS PL6 1 8 REP6 3 NOTE When carrying out the work described next procedure take care not to move the BRACKET SNS from the printer too far because they are connected with the harness 8 Remove the two screws silver tap 8mm that fix...

Страница 371: ...ward release the five tabs of the BRACKET SNS from the printer Remove the BRACKET SNS 11 Release the three hooks that fix the SENSOR PHOTO SSI NO PAPER PL3 2 13 to the BRACKET SNS and remove the SENSOR PHOTO SSI NO PAPER 12 Disengage the connector P J233 of the SENSOR PHOTO SSI NO PAPER ...

Страница 372: ... and Adjustments Replacement 1 Engage the connector P J234 of the SENSOR PHOTO CST NO PAPER 2 Replace the SENSOR PHOTO CST NO PAPER to the FEEDER ASSY MG AIO by mating the hook of the SENSOR PHOTO CST NO PAPER with its mounting position ...

Страница 373: ...4 97 Chapter 4 Disassembly Assembly and Adjustments Blank Page ...

Страница 374: ...E IN AIO REP1 3 10 Remove the COVER SCANNER LOW AIO REP1 2 11 Remove the COVER REAR AIO REP1 5 12 Remove the COVER TOP AIO REP1 4 13 Remove the CHASSIS ASSY LVPS REP8 12 14 Remove the HARNESS ASSY FRONT USB PL10 1 13 and BRACKET ASSY USB PL10 1 14 REP9 6 15 Remove the TRAY ASSY REP9 3 16 Remove the ADF ASSY REP9 1 17 Remove the IIT ASSY SUB REP9 5 18 Remove the PLATE ASSY TOP REP8 7 19 Remove the ...

Страница 375: ... Release the ACTUATOR REGI OUT from the hook on the CHUTE UP PL3 2 26 open the ACTUATOR REGI OUT 27 Release the three hooks that fix the SENSOR PHOTO REGI PL3 2 13 to the FEEDER ASSY MG AIO PL3 1 98 and remove the SEN SOR PHOTO REGI NOTE When carrying out the work this procedure it is easier to push the ACTUATOR 28 Disengage the connector P J232 of the SENSOR PHOTO REGI ...

Страница 376: ...2 Replace the SENSOR PHOTO REGI to the FEEDER ASSY MG AIO by mating the three hooks of the SENSOR PHOTO REGI NOTE When carrying out the work this procedure it is easier to push the ACTUATOR REGI IN PL3 2 11 to downward 3 Close the ACTUATOR REGI OUT by inserting the boss of the ACTUA TOR REGI OUT into the SPRING REGI OUT ...

Страница 377: ...CTUATOR REGI IN movement after the procedure 5 is completed 4 Shift the ACTUATOR REGI OUT to left fix the CHUTE UP using the hook 5 Attach the ACTUATOR REGI ROLL M by mating the hole of the ACTUA TOR REGI ROLL M with the tab of the ACTUATOR REGI OUT Fix it using the hook of the ACTUATOR REGI OUT ...

Страница 378: ... Remove the COVER SCANNER LOW AIO REP1 2 11 Remove the COVER REAR AIO REP1 5 12 Remove the COVER TOP AIO REP1 4 13 Remove the CHASSIS ASSY LVPS REP8 12 14 Remove the HARNESS ASSY FRONT USB PL10 1 13 and BRACKET ASSY USB PL10 1 14 REP9 6 15 Remove the TRAY ASSY REP9 3 16 Remove the ADF ASSY REP9 1 17 Remove the IIT ASSY SUB REP9 5 18 Remove the PLATE ASSY TOP REP8 7 19 Remove the CHASSIS ASSY INLET...

Страница 379: ...4 103 Chapter 4 Disassembly Assembly and Adjustments 26 Disengage the connector P J234 of the SENSOR PHOTO CST NO PAPER ...

Страница 380: ...ment 1 Engage the connector P J233 of the SENSOR PHOTO SSI NO PAPER 2 Replace the SENSOR PHOTO SSI NO PAPER to the BRACKET SNS by mating the hook of the SENSOR PHOTO SSI NO PAPER with its mounting position 3 Mate the five tabs of the BRACKET SNS with the printer ...

Страница 381: ...ly and Adjustments 4 Mate the two holes of the BRACKET SNS with the bosses of the printer 5 Route the harness of the BRACKET SNS through the hooks of the printer 6 Secure the BRACKET SNS to the printer with the two screws silver tap 8mm ...

Страница 382: ...Remove the FUSING UNIT REP6 1 5 Remove the COVER ASSY SIDE R AIO REP1 8 6 Remove the COVER ASSY SIDE L AIO REP1 9 7 Remove the TRANSFER ASSY PL6 1 7 and COVER HARNESS PL6 1 8 REP6 3 NOTE When carrying out the work described next procedure take care not to move the BRACKET SNS from the printer too far because they are connected with the harness 8 Remove the two screws silver tap 8mm that fix the BR...

Страница 383: ...he five tabs of the BRACKET SNS from the printer Remove the BRACKET SNS 11 Release the left shaft of the ACTU ATOR SSI PL3 2 14 from the hook of the CHUTE UP PL3 2 26 12 Remove the ACTUATOR SSI and the SPRING ACT SSI PL3 2 15 by releasing the right shaft of the ACTUATOR SSI from the hole of the CHUTE UP ...

Страница 384: ...4 108 Chapter 4 Disassembly Assembly and Adjustments 13 Remove the SPRING ACT SSI from the ACTUATOR SSI ...

Страница 385: ...SI to the ACTUATOR SSI NOTE When carrying out the work described next procedure ensure that the SPRING ACT SSI is hung to ACTUATOR SSI and the CHUTE UP correctly 2 Insert the right shaft of the ACTU ATOR SSI into the hole of the CHUTE UP hang the SPRING ACT SSI to the CUHTE UP SPRING ACT SSI ...

Страница 386: ...SI movement after the procedure 3 is completed 3 Secure the left shaft of the ACTUA TOR SSI with the hook of the CHUTE UP attach the ACTUA TOR SSI 4 Mate the five tabs of the BRACKET SNS with the printer 5 Mate the two holes of the BRACKET SNS with the bosses of the printer ...

Страница 387: ...4 111 Chapter 4 Disassembly Assembly and Adjustments 6 Route the harness of the BRACKET SNS through the hooks of the printer 7 Secure the BRACKET SNS to the printer with the two screws silver tap 8mm ...

Страница 388: ... SCANNER LOW AIO REP1 2 11 Remove the COVER REAR AIO REP1 5 12 Remove the COVER TOP AIO REP1 4 13 Remove the CHASSIS ASSY LVPS REP8 12 14 Remove the HARNESS ASSY FRONT USB PL10 1 13 and BRACKET ASSY USB PL10 1 14 REP9 6 15 Remove the TRAY ASSY REP9 3 16 Remove the ADF ASSY REP9 1 17 Remove the IIT ASSY SUB REP9 5 18 Remove the PLATE ASSY TOP REP8 7 19 Remove the CHASSIS ASSY INLET REP8 13 20 Remov...

Страница 389: ...sembly and Adjustments 27 Remove the ACTUATOR ASSY NO PAPER and the SPRING STP PL3 2 16 by releasing the left shaft of the ACTUATOR ASSY NO PAPER from the hole of the CHUTE UP 28 Remove the SPRING STP from the ACTUATOR ASSY NO PAPER ...

Страница 390: ...e ACTUATOR ASSY NO PAPER NOTE When carrying out the work described next procedure ensure that the SPRING STP is hung to ACTUATOR NO PAPER and the CHUTE UP correctly 2 Insert the left shaft of the ACTUA TOR ASSY NO PAPER into the hole of the CHUTE UP hang the SPRING STP to the CUHTE UP SPRING STP ...

Страница 391: ...bly Assembly and Adjustments Check the ACTUATOR ASSY NO PAPER movement after the procedure 3 is completed 3 Insert the right shaft of the ACTUA TOR ASSY NO PAPER into the hole of the CHUTE UP Attach the ACTUATOR ASSY NO PAPER ...

Страница 392: ...VER POLE IN AIO REP1 3 10 Remove the COVER SCANNER LOW AIO REP1 2 11 Remove the COVER REAR AIO REP1 5 12 Remove the COVER TOP AIO REP1 4 13 Remove the CHASSIS ASSY LVPS REP8 12 14 Remove the HARNESS ASSY FRONT USB PL10 1 13 and BRACKET ASSY USB PL10 1 14 REP9 6 15 Remove the TRAY ASSY REP9 3 16 Remove the ADF ASSY REP9 1 17 Remove the IIT ASSY SUB REP9 5 18 Remove the PLATE ASSY TOP REP8 7 19 Remo...

Страница 393: ...WBA EEPROM PL8 3 4 release the HARN ASSY PHD XPRO PL9 1 11 from the clamp pull the HARN ASSY PHD XPRO out from the hole of the CHASSIS MCU 26 Remove the two screws silver 6mm that fix the under part of the CHASSIS MCU 27 Remove the one screw silver 6mm that fixes the side part of the CHAS SIS MCU ...

Страница 394: ...ee tabs of the CHAS SIS MCU from the holes of the printer remove the CHASSIS MCU together with the PWBA MCU from the printer 29 Disengage the connector P J221 of the DRIVE ASSY SUB PL7 1 1 30 Remove the two screws silver tap 8mm that fix the front side of the printer frame ...

Страница 395: ...rews silver tap 8mm that fix the under part of the DISPENSER ASSY 32 Open the HOLDER ASSY TCRU K C M and Y remove the one screw silver tap 8mm that fixes the right side of the printer frame 33 Remove the one screw silver M4 6mm that fixes the rear side of the DISPENSER ASSY ...

Страница 396: ...4 120 Chapter 4 Disassembly Assembly and Adjustments 34 Remove the one screw silver tap 8mm that fixes the left side of the printer frame 35 Remove the UPPER UNIT ...

Страница 397: ...out the work described next procedure route the harness of the TRANSFER ASSY through the groove of the UPPER UNIT 1 Mate the two holes of the UPPER UNIT with the bosses of the FEEDER ASSY MG AIO and attach it 2 Secure the left side of the printer frame with the one screw silver tap 8mm ...

Страница 398: ...e rear side of the DIS PENSER ASSY with the one screw silver M4 6mm 4 Open the HOLDER ASSY TCRU K C M and Y secure the right side of the printer frame with the one screw silver tap 8mm 5 Secure the under part of the DIS PENSER ASSY with the two screws silver tap 8mm ...

Страница 399: ...re the front side of the printer frame with the two screws silver tap 8mm 7 Engage the connecter P J221 of the DRIVE ASSY SUB 8 Mate the three tabs of the CHASSIS MCU with the holes of the printer attach the CHASSIS MCU to the printer together with the PWBA MCU ...

Страница 400: ...e CHAS SIS MCU with the one screw silver 6mm 10 Secure the under part of the CHAS SIS MCU with the two screws sil ver 6mm 11 Route the HARN ASSY PHD XPRO through the hole of the CHASSIS MCU engage the connector P J144 of the PWBA EEPROM Secure the HARN ASSY PHD XPRO using the clamp ...

Страница 401: ...mbly Assembly and Adjustments 12 Engage all the connectors of the PWBA MCU secure all the har nesses using the clamps on the CHASSIS MCU NOTE When carrying out the work this procedure do not engage the two connectors P10 P11 ...

Страница 402: ... REP1 8 6 Remove the COVER ASSY SIDE L AIO REP1 9 7 Remove the COVER POLE OUT AIO REP1 1 8 Remove the SHIELD ASSY ESS AIO REP8 5 9 Remove the COVER POLE IN AIO REP1 3 10 Remove the COVER SCANNER LOW AIO REP1 2 11 Remove the COVER REAR AIO REP1 5 12 Remove the COVER TOP AIO REP1 4 13 Remove the CHASSIS ASSY LVPS REP8 12 14 Remove the HARNESS ASSY FRONT USB PL10 1 13 and BRACKET ASSY USB PL10 1 14 R...

Страница 403: ... fix the left and right sides of the SPRING ROSs PL4 1 2 to the printer Remove the SPRING ROSs from the printer 21 Lift up the ROS ASSY PL4 1 1 slowly from the printer 22 Disengage the two connectors P J411 and 412 of the ROS ASSY remove the HARN ASSY ROS RE PL4 1 22 and HARN ASSY ROS VIDEO PL4 1 23 ...

Страница 404: ... the two connectors P J411 and 412 of the ROS ASSY 2 Mate the under side boss of the ROS ASSY with the hole of the printer attach the ROS ASSY NOTE When carrying out the work described next procedure ensure that the SPRING ROS is oriented to the direction shown in the right ...

Страница 405: ...embly and Adjustments 3 Mate the holes of the SPRING ROS with the bosses of the printer secure it with the four screws sil ver tap 8mm 4 Engage the two connectors P J40 and 41 with the PWBA MCU fix the harness using the EDGE SAD DLE ...

Страница 406: ...ake added care not to get burned when performing the service operation 4 Remove the FUSING UNIT REP6 1 5 Remove the COVER ASSY SIDE L AIO REP1 9 6 Remove the CLUTCH ASSY DRV and BEARING REGI REP3 1 7 Remove the GEAR P2 PL7 1 3 and DRIVE ASSY PH PL7 1 4 REP7 3 8 Remove the DRIVE ASSY MAIN REP7 2 NOTE Described next procedure is the removal procedure common among the upper and lower BLOCK STOPPER PH...

Страница 407: ...4 131 Chapter 4 Disassembly Assembly and Adjustments 11 Remove the SPRING PHD PL4 1 4 from the printer 12 Rotate the LEVER PHD PL4 1 5 slightly remove the LEVER PHD from the printer ...

Страница 408: ...d Adjustments Replacement NOTE Described below is the replacement procedure common among the upper and lower of the BLOCK STOPPER PHD Ds 1 Tilt the LEVER PHD slightly attach the LEVER PHD to the printer 2 Attach the SPRING PHD to the printer ...

Страница 409: ...4 133 Chapter 4 Disassembly Assembly and Adjustments 3 Push the BLOCK STOPPER PHD D to the printer until it is locked ...

Страница 410: ...ve the PHD ASSY REP4 6 NOTE The FUSING UNIT part is very hot Take added care not to get burned when performing the service operation 4 Remove the FUSING UNIT REP6 1 5 Remove the COVER ASSY SIDE R AIO REP1 8 6 Remove the LED ASSY ERASE REP4 4 NOTE Described below is the removal procedure common among the upper and lower BLOCK STOPPER PHD ADs PL4 1 7 7 Release the hook of the BLOCK STOPPER PHD AD PL...

Страница 411: ...4 135 Chapter 4 Disassembly Assembly and Adjustments 9 Remove the SPRING PHD PL4 1 4 from the printer 10 Rotate the LEVER PHD PL4 1 5 slightly remove the LEVER PHD from the printer ...

Страница 412: ...cribed below is the replacement procedure common among the upper and lower of the BLOCK STOPPER PHD ADs 1 Tilt the LEVER PHD slightly attach the LEVER PHD to the printer 2 Attach the SPRING PHD to the printer 3 Push the BLOCK STOPPER PHD AD to the printer until it is locked ...

Страница 413: ...4 137 Chapter 4 Disassembly Assembly and Adjustments Blank Page ...

Страница 414: ...m of the PHD ASSY to avoid exposure to light 3 Remove the PHD ASSY REP4 6 NOTE The FUSING UNIT part is very hot Take added care not to get burned when performing the service operation 4 Remove the FUSING UNIT REP6 1 5 Remove the COVER ASSY SIDE R AIO REP1 8 6 Remove the two screws silver tap 8mm that fix the LED ASSY ERASE PL4 1 8 to the printer 7 Remove the LED ASSY ERASE from the printer ...

Страница 415: ...4 139 Chapter 4 Disassembly Assembly and Adjustments 8 Disengage the connector P J141 of the LED ASSY ERASE ...

Страница 416: ...Disassembly Assembly and Adjustments Replacement 1 Engage the connecter P J141 of the LED ASSY ERASE 2 Attach the LED ASSY ERASE to the printer 3 Secure the LED ASSY ERASE to the printer with two screws silver tap 8mm ...

Страница 417: ...4 141 Chapter 4 Disassembly Assembly and Adjustments Blank Page ...

Страница 418: ...SS AIO REP8 5 9 Remove the COVER POLE IN AIO REP1 3 10 Remove the COVER SCANNER LOW AIO REP1 2 11 Remove the COVER REAR AIO REP1 5 12 Remove the COVER TOP AIO REP1 4 13 Remove the CHASSIS ASSY LVPS REP8 12 14 Remove the HARNESS ASSY FRONT USB PL10 1 13 and BRACKET ASSY USB PL10 1 14 REP9 6 15 Remove the TRAY ASSY REP9 3 16 Remove the ADF ASSY REP9 1 17 Remove the IIT ASSY SUB REP9 5 18 Remove the ...

Страница 419: ...4 143 Chapter 4 Disassembly Assembly and Adjustments 26 Remove the seven screws silver 6mm that fix the PWBA HVPS to the CHASSIS ASSY HVPS PL8 4 10 27 Remove the PWBA HVPS from the CHASSIS ASSY HVPS ...

Страница 420: ...ostatic 1 Mate the notch and hole of the PWBA HVPS with the tabs of the CHASSIS ASSY HVPS attach the PWBA HVPS 2 Secure the PWBA HVPS to the CHASSIS ASSY HVPS with the seven screws silver 6mm 3 Engage the connector P J161 of the HARN ASSY HVPS to the PWBAH VPS route the HARN ASSY HVPS to the EDGE SADDLE Close the EDGE SADDLE ...

Страница 421: ...4 145 Chapter 4 Disassembly Assembly and Adjustments Blank Page ...

Страница 422: ...over the drum of the PHD ASSY to avoid exposure to light 1 Remove the CASSETTE ASSY 250 MG AIO REP2 1 2 Open the COVER ASSY FRONT PL1 2 1 3 Open the TRANSFER ASSY PL6 1 7 4 Put the paper on the TRANSFER ASSY to protect the belt NOTE When carrying out the work this procedure take care not to cover the left and right of the belt guards with the paper ...

Страница 423: ...nd Adjustments 5 Rotate the four stoppers of the PHD ASSY PL4 1 21 to the counter clock wise direction to release the lock 6 Remove the PHD ASSY toward you by pulling it by the left and right handles 7 Lift up the PHD ASSY from the printer ...

Страница 424: ...the TRANSFER ASSY PL6 1 7 to protect the belt NOTE When carrying out the work this procedure take care not to cover the left and right of the belt guards with the paper 2 Mate the left and right arrows on the Handle of the PHD ASSY with the guides of the printer 3 Push the PHD ASSY into the printer until it is stopped Paper ...

Страница 425: ...sembly and Adjustments 7 Close the COVER ASSY FRONT 8 Insert the CASSETTE ASSY 250 MG AIO into the printer 4 Rotate the four Stoppers of the PHD ASSY to clockwise 5 Remove the paper from the TRANS FER ASSY 6 Close the TRANSFER ASSY ...

Страница 426: ... 6 Remove the COVER ASSY SIDE L AIO REP1 9 7 Remove the COVER POLE OUT AIO REP1 1 8 Remove the SHIELD ASSY ESS AIO REP8 5 9 Remove the COVER POLE IN AIO REP1 3 10 Remove the COVER SCANNER LOW AIO REP1 2 11 Remove the COVER REAR AIO REP1 5 12 Remove the COVER TOP AIO REP1 4 13 Remove the CHASSIS ASSY LVPS REP8 12 14 Remove the HARNESS ASSY FRONT USB PL10 1 13 and BRACKET ASSY USB PL10 1 14 REP9 6 1...

Страница 427: ...NESS ASSY LVPS MAIN MG AIO PL9 1 3 using a pliers and then remove it from the DISPENSER ASSY PL5 1 1 23 Disengage the seven connectors P J14 15 17 18 19 29 and 31 on the PWBA MCU PL8 3 6 release the HARNESS ASSY FUSING UNIT MG AIO PL6 1 2 and HARNESS ASSY LVPS MAIN MG AIO from the hooks of the DISPENSER ASSY ...

Страница 428: ...m that fix the DISPENSER ASSY to the printer 25 Remove the one screw silver M4 6mm that fixes the rear side of the DISPENSER ASSY to the printer 26 Release the hole of the DISPENSER ASSY from the boss of the printer move the DISPENSER ASSY to backward Remove the DISPENSER ASSY from the printer ...

Страница 429: ...4 153 Chapter 4 Disassembly Assembly and Adjustments Blank Page ...

Страница 430: ...R ASSY into the hole of the printer mate the hole of the DIS PENSER ASSY with the boss of the printer and then attach the DIS PENSER ASSY 2 Secure the rear side of DISPENSER ASSY to the printer with the one screw silver M4 6mm 3 Secure the DISPENSER ASSY to the printer with the four screws sil ver tap 8mm ...

Страница 431: ...ARNESS ASSY FUS ING UNIT MG AIO and HARNESS ASSY LVPS MAIN MG AIO through the hooks of the DISPENSER ASSY engage the seven connectors P J14 15 17 18 19 29 and 31 with the PWBA MCU 5 Attach the connector P5041 of the HARNESS ASSY LVPS MAIN MG AIO to the DISPENSER ASSY ...

Страница 432: ...SIDE L AIO REP1 9 7 Remove the COVER POLE OUT AIO REP1 1 8 Remove the SHIELD ASSY ESS AIO REP8 5 9 Remove the COVER POLE IN AIO REP1 3 10 Remove the COVER SCANNER LOW AIO REP1 2 11 Remove the COVER REAR AIO REP1 5 12 Remove the COVER TOP AIO REP1 4 13 Remove the CHASSIS ASSY LVPS REP8 12 14 Remove the HARNESS ASSY FRONT USB PL10 1 13 and BRACKET ASSY USB PL10 1 14 REP9 6 15 Remove the TRAY ASSY RE...

Страница 433: ...Adjustments 23 Disengage all the connectors of the MOTOR ASSY DISP PL5 1 3 release all the harness from the hooks of the FRAME ASSY MOT PL5 1 2 24 Remove the five screws silver tap 8mm that fix the FRAME ASSY MOT to the DISPENSER ASSY PL5 1 1 ...

Страница 434: ...ents NOTE When carrying out the work described next procedure take care not to drop and lose the GEARs 25 Release the notch of the CONDUC TOR MOTOR PL5 1 4 from the hook of the FRAME DISP PL5 1 12 26 Remove the FRAME ASSY MOT from the DISPENSER ASSY ...

Страница 435: ...4 159 Chapter 4 Disassembly Assembly and Adjustments Blank Page ...

Страница 436: ...Adjustments Replacement NOTE When carrying out the work described next procedure take care not to drop and lose the GEARs 1 Attach the FRAME ASSY MOT to the DISPENSER ASSY 2 Hang the notch of the CONDUC TOR MOTOR to the hook of the FRAME DISP ...

Страница 437: ...ly Assembly and Adjustments 3 Secure the FRAME ASSY MOT to the DISPENSER ASSY with the five screws silver tap 8mm 4 Route all the harness through the hooks of the FRAME ASSY MOT engage all the connectors of the MOTOR ASSY DISP ...

Страница 438: ...to get burned when performing the service operation 4 Remove the FUSING UNIT REP6 1 5 Remove the COVER ASSY SIDE R AIO REP1 8 6 Remove the COVER ASSY SIDE L AIO REP1 9 7 Remove the COVER POLE OUT AIO REP1 1 8 Remove the SHIELD ASSY ESS AIO REP8 5 9 Remove the COVER POLE IN AIO REP1 3 10 Remove the COVER REAR AIO REP1 5 11 Remove the COVER TOP AIO REP1 4 12 Release the hooks of the SWITCH PL5 1 9 b...

Страница 439: ...4 163 Chapter 4 Disassembly Assembly and Adjustments Replacement 1 Engage the connecter P J291 of the SWITCH 2 Attach the SWITCH to the printer secure the SWITCH with the two hooks ...

Страница 440: ... ASSY SIDE L AIO REP1 9 7 Remove the COVER POLE OUT AIO REP1 1 8 Remove the SHIELD ASSY ESS AIO REP8 5 9 Remove the COVER POLE IN AIO REP1 3 10 Remove the COVER SCANNER LOW AIO REP1 2 11 Remove the COVER REAR AIO REP1 5 12 Remove the COVER TOP AIO REP1 4 13 Remove the CHASSIS ASSY LVPS REP8 12 14 Remove the HARNESS ASSY FRONT USB PL10 1 13 and BRACKET ASSY USB PL10 1 14 REP9 6 15 Remove the TRAY A...

Страница 441: ...ss the central part of the HOLDER ASSY TCRU to release the hole of the HOLDER ASSY TCRU from the boss of the FRAME DISP PL5 1 12 Open the HOLDER ASSY TCRU by 90 degrees 22 Press the boss part of the HOLDER ASSY TCRU remove the HOLDER ASSY TCRU from the printer ...

Страница 442: ...g the four HOLDER ASSY TCRU 1 Mate the lower boss of the HOLDER ASSY TCRU with the hole of the FRAME DISP 2 Bend the HOLDER ASSY TCRU mate the upper boss of the HOLDER ASSY TCRU with the hole of the FRAME DISP 3 Press the central part of the HOLDER ASSY TCRU mate the hole of the HOLDER ASSY TCRU with the boss of the FRAME DISP ...

Страница 443: ...4 167 Chapter 4 Disassembly Assembly and Adjustments Blank Page ...

Страница 444: ...TRIDGE K C M Y PL5 1 21 24 Removal NOTE Described below is the removal procedure common among the four TONER CARTRIDGEs 1 Open the COVER WINDOW TNR AIO PL1 1 7 2 Move the handle of the TONER CARTRIDGE to backward to release the lock 3 Open the HOLDER ASSY TCRU K PL5 1 17 ...

Страница 445: ...4 169 Chapter 4 Disassembly Assembly and Adjustments 4 Remove the TONER CARTRIDGE from the HOLDER ASSY TCRU ...

Страница 446: ...he replacement procedure common among the four TONER CARTRIDGEs NOTE Check that the TONER CARTRIDGE is secured 1 Shake the TONER CARTRIDGE five or six times for the distributing toner evenly 2 Insert the TONER CARTRIDGE into the HOLDER ASSY TCRU slowly attach it 3 Close the HOLDER ASSY TCRU ...

Страница 447: ...mbly Assembly and Adjustments 5 Close the COVER WINDOW TNR AIO NOTE When performing the step described next procedure mate the delta mark of the Handle with the lock mark on the cartridge holder 4 Move the handle to the front ...

Страница 448: ... FUSING UNIT REP6 1 SCC FUSING UNIT PL6 1 1 Removal 1 Open the COVER ASSY FRONT PL1 2 1 NOTE The FUSING UNIT part is very hot Take added care not to get burned when performing the service operation 2 Open the TRANSFER ASSY PL6 1 7 3 Pull the LEVER to release the lock ...

Страница 449: ...sembly Assembly and Adjustments 4 Disengage the connector of the FUS ING UNIT by pulling the right side of the FUSING UNIT toward you with the LEVER released 5 Lift up the FUSING UNIT move the FUSING UNIT to the right side ...

Страница 450: ...d key on the control panel 9 Press the key several times until Parameter is displayed Press the OK key once 10 Press the key several times until Life FUSING UNIT Sheet is displayed Press the OK key once 11 Press the key several times until Initializing is displayed Press the OK key once 12 Press the OK key once and Initializing the Life Counter of the FUSING UNIT is performed 13 Turn off the power...

Страница 451: ...4 175 Chapter 4 Disassembly Assembly and Adjustments Blank Page ...

Страница 452: ...UNIT part is very hot Take added care not to get burned when performing the service operation 4 Remove the FUSING UNIT REP6 1 5 Remove the COVER ASSY SIDE R AIO REP1 8 6 Remove the COVER ASSY SIDE L AIO REP1 9 NOTE When performing the step described below it is not necessary to disengage the connector of the CLUTCH ASSY DRV 7 Release the harness of the CLUTCH ASSY DRV PL3 1 1 from the hook of the ...

Страница 453: ...d next procedure take care not to drop the GEAR T4 9 Rotate the STOPPER PIVOT PL6 1 3 mate the tabs of the STOPPER PIVOT with the notches of the DRIVE ASSY MAIN PL7 1 2 10 Remove the STOPPER PIVOT from the printer 11 Pull out the PIVOT TRANS L PL6 1 4 remove the GEAR T4 PL6 1 5 from the printer ...

Страница 454: ...keep the TRANSFER ASSY slightly lifted for ease of work NOTE When carrying out the work described next procedure make sure that the position of the GEAR T4 is correctly 12 Remove the one screw silver tap 8mm that fixes the SHAFT ASSY PIVOT PL6 1 6 to the printer 13 Pull out the SHAFT ASSY PIVOT from the printer ...

Страница 455: ...le of the TRANSFER ASSY with the hole of the printer frame attach the SHAFT ASSY PIVOT 2 Secure the SHAFT ASSY PIVOT to the printer with the one screw sil ver tap 8mm NOTE When carrying out the work described next procedure make sure that the position of the GEAR T4 is correctly ...

Страница 456: ...o the printer align the holes of the GEAR T4 the printer frame and the TRANSFER ASSY and then insert the PIVOT TRANS L NOTE When carrying out the work described next procedure ensure that the flat face of the PIVOT TRANS L is oriented to the direction shown in the right 4 Mate the tab of the STOPPER PIVOT with the notch of the DRIVE ASSY MAIN attach the STOPPER PIVOT to the PIVOT TRANS L ...

Страница 457: ... secure the STOPPER PIVOT to the DRIVE ASSY MAIN frame 6 Mate the notch of the CLUTCH ASSY DRV with the rib of the DRIVE ASSY PH secure the CLUTCH ASSY DRV to the ROLL ASSY REGI with the E ring by using a pliers 7 Route the harness of the CLUTCH ASSY DRV through the hook of the DRIVE ASSY PH ...

Страница 458: ... to get burned when performing the service operation 4 Remove the FUSING UNIT REP6 1 5 Remove the COVER ASSY SIDE R AIO REP1 8 6 Remove the COVER ASSY SIDE L AIO REP1 9 7 Close the TRANSFER ASSY PL6 1 7 NOTE When carrying out the work described next procedure take care not to scratch the belt surface of the TRANSFER ASSY NOTE When carrying out the work described below leave the relay connector on ...

Страница 459: ...OT PL6 1 3 PIVOT TRANS L PL6 1 4 GEAR T4 PL6 1 5 and SHAFT ASSY PIVOT PL6 1 6 REP6 2 9 Release the harness from the pegs of the TRANSFER ASSY disengage the connector P J281 of the TRANSFER ASSY 10 Release the harness coming from printer from hook of the TRANS FER ASSY 13 Remove the TRANSFER ASSY from the printer ...

Страница 460: ...5 PIVOT TRANS L PL6 1 4 and STOPPER PIVOT PL6 1 3 REP6 2 3 Close the TRANSFER ASSY NOTE When carrying out the work described next procedure take care not to scratch the belt surface of the TRANSFER ASSY 1 Attach the TRANSFER ASSY to the printer 4 Route the harness of the printer through the hooks of the TRANS FER ASSY ...

Страница 461: ...Chapter 4 Disassembly Assembly and Adjustments 5 Engage the connector P J281 of the TRANSFER ASSY secure the relay connector with the pegs of the TRANSFER ASSY 6 Attach the COVER HARNESS to the TRANSFER ASSY ...

Страница 462: ...added care not to get burned when performing the service operation 4 Remove the FUSING UNIT REP6 1 5 Remove the COVER ASSY SIDE L AIO REP1 9 6 Remove the CLUTCH ASSY DRV and BEARING REGI REP3 1 7 Remove the GEAR P2 PL7 1 3 and DRIVE ASSY PH PL7 1 4 REP7 3 8 Remove the DRIVE ASSY MAIN REP7 2 NOTE When performing the step described below it is not necessary to disengage the connector of the HARN ASS...

Страница 463: ...Chapter 4 Disassembly Assembly and Adjustments 11 Remove the one screw silver M4 6mm and the four screws silver tap 8mm that fix the DRIVE ASSY SUB to the printer 12 Remove the DRIVE ASSY SUB from the printer ...

Страница 464: ...nsure that the right screws are used at their right securing positions The securing positions for tap screws are marked with T The securing positions for metal screws are marked with M 1 Attach the DRIVE ASSY SUB to the printer 2 Secure the DRIVE ASSY SUB to the printer with the one screw silver M4 6mm and the four screws sil ver tap 8mm ...

Страница 465: ...4 189 Chapter 4 Disassembly Assembly and Adjustments 3 Engage the connecter P J221 of the DRIVE ASSY SUB ...

Страница 466: ...P4 6 NOTE The FUSING UNIT part is very hot Take added care not to get burned when performing the service operation 4 Remove the FUSING UNIT REP6 1 5 Remove the COVER ASSY SIDE L AIO REP1 9 6 Remove the CLUTCH ASSY DRV and BEARING REGI REP3 1 7 Remove the GEAR P2 PL7 1 3 and DRIVE ASSY PH PL7 1 4 REP7 3 8 Rotate the STOPPER PIVOT PL6 1 3 mate the tabs of the STOPPER PIVOT with the notches of the DR...

Страница 467: ...hapter 4 Disassembly Assembly and Adjustments 10 Remove the one screw silver M4 6mm and the five screws silver tap 8mm that fix the DRIVE ASSY MAIN to the printer 11 Remove the DRIVE ASSY MAIN from the printer ...

Страница 468: ...nsure that the right screws are used at their right securing positions The securing positions for tap screws are marked with T The securing positions for metal screws are marked with M 1 Attach the DRIVE ASSY MAIN to the printer 2 Secure the DRIVE ASSY MAIN to the printer with the one screw sil ver M4 6mm and the five screws silver tap 8mm ...

Страница 469: ...GEAR P2 is oriented to the direction shown in the right NOTE When carrying out the work described next procedure ensure that the flat face of the PIVOT TRANS L is oriented to the direction shown in the right 4 Mate the tab of the STOPPER PIVOT with the notch of the DRIVE ASSY MAIN attach the STOPPER PIVOT to the PIVOT TRANS L ...

Страница 470: ...4 194 Chapter 4 Disassembly Assembly and Adjustments 5 Rotate the STOPPER PIVOT to the left secure the STOPPER PIVOT to the DRIVE ASSY MAIN frame ...

Страница 471: ...4 195 Chapter 4 Disassembly Assembly and Adjustments Blank Page ...

Страница 472: ...IT part is very hot Take added care not to get burned when performing the service operation 4 Remove the FUSING UNIT REP6 1 5 Remove the COVER ASSY SIDE L AIO REP1 9 6 Remove the CLUTCH ASSY DRV and BEARING REGI REP3 1 NOTE When carrying out the work described below leave the relay connector on the printer harness side 7 Disengage the connector P J211 of the DRIVE ASSY MAIN PL7 1 2 release all the...

Страница 473: ...VE ASSY PH from the hole of the printer 10 Remove the one screw silver M4 6mm the one screw silver M3 6mm and the one screw silver tap 8mm that fix the DRIVE ASSY PH to the printer NOTE When carrying out the work described next procedure take care not to drop the coupling gear to inside ...

Страница 474: ... COLOR MODE SWITCHING PL7 1 5 on the DRIVE ASSY PH release the HARN ASSY KSNR REGCL MG AIO PL9 1 9 from the hook of the DRIVE ASSY PH 13 Release the three hooks that fix the SENSOR PHOTO COLOR MODE SWITCHING to the DRIVE ASSY PH and remove the SENSOR PHOTO COLOR MODE SWITCH ING 14 Remove the GEAR P2 PL7 1 3 from the shaft of the DRIVE ASSY SUB PL7 1 1 ...

Страница 475: ...E SWITCHING to the DRIVE ASST PH by mating the three hooks of the SENSOR PHOTO COLOR MODE SWITCH ING with its mounting position 3 Engage the connector J261 of the HARN ASSY KSNR REGCL MG AIO with the Color mode switching sensor of the DRIVE ASSY PH route the HARN ASSY KSNR REGCL MG AIO through the hook of the DRIVE ASSY PH NOTE When carrying out the work described next procedure take care not to d...

Страница 476: ...ght screws are used at their right securing positions The securing positions for tap screws are marked with T The securing positions for metal screws are marked with M 4 Attach the DRIVE ASSY PH to the printer 5 Secure the DRIVE ASSY PH to the printer with the one screw silver M4 6mm the one screw silver M3 6mm and the one screw silver tap 8mm ...

Страница 477: ... of the DRIVE ASSY PH through the hole of the printer 7 Engage the connecter P J241 of the DRIVE ASSY PH secure the relay connector with the rib of the printer 8 Route all the harness through the hooks of the DRIVE ASSY PH engage the connector P J211 of the DRIVE ASSY MAIN ...

Страница 478: ...Take added care not to get burned when performing the service operation 4 Remove the FUSING UNIT REP6 1 5 Remove the COVER ASSY SIDE R AIO REP1 8 6 Remove the COVER ASSY SIDE L AIO REP1 9 7 Remove the COVER POLE OUT AIO REP1 1 8 Remove the SHIELD ASSY ESS AIO REP8 5 9 Remove the COVER POLE IN AIO REP1 3 10 Remove the COVER REAR AIO REP1 5 11 Remove the COVER TOP AIO REP1 4 12 Disengage the HARN AS...

Страница 479: ...RN ASSY INTERLOCK AIO pull the harness of the HARN ASSY INTERLOCK AIO out from the hole of the CHAS SIS LVPS PL8 2 13 14 Release the clamps that fix the har ness of the HARN ASSY INTER LOCK AIO remove the harness 15 Remove the one screw sliver tap 16mm that fixes the HARN ASSY INTERLOCK AIO to the printer remove the HARN ASSY INTER LOCK AIO ...

Страница 480: ...s of the printer secure the switch with the one screw silver tap 16mm 2 Secure the harness of the HARN ASSY INTERLOCK AIO with the clamps 3 Route the HARN ASSY INTER LOCK AIO through the hole of the CHASSIS LVPS attach the three clamps that secure the harness of the INTERLOCK SWITCH AIO to the PLATE ASSY TOP ...

Страница 481: ...4 205 Chapter 4 Disassembly Assembly and Adjustments 4 Engage the connector P J44 of the HARN ASSY INTERLOCK AIO to the PWBA LVPS secure the har ness using the two clamps ...

Страница 482: ...1 NOTE Cover the drum of the PHD ASSY to avoid exposure to light 3 Remove the PHD ASSY REP4 6 NOTE The FUSING UNIT part is very hot Take added care not to get burned when performing the service operation 4 Remove the FUSING UNIT REP6 1 5 Remove the COVER ASSY SIDE L AIO REP1 9 6 Remove the COVER POLE OUT AIO REP1 1 7 Remove the SHIELD ASSY ESS AIO REP8 5 8 Remove the PWBA FAX REP8 4 9 Disengage al...

Страница 483: ... the hook of the GUIDE HARNESS USB PL8 4 5 remove the GUIDE HARNESS USB from the printer 11 Remove the ten screws silver 6mm that fix the PWBA ESS AIO to the printer 12 Remove the one screw silver 4mm that fixes the USB connector of the PWBA ESS AIO to the printer ...

Страница 484: ...4 208 Chapter 4 Disassembly Assembly and Adjustments 13 Remove the PWBA ESS AIO from the printer ...

Страница 485: ...4 209 Chapter 4 Disassembly Assembly and Adjustments Blank Page ...

Страница 486: ...from the original PWBA ESS SFP to the replacement PWBA Ensure both these chips are installed into the same locations on the replacement PWBA NOTE Avoid applying excessive pressure when removing and replacing the ROM chips NOTE Take care not to bend the terminal section of ROM when carrying out the job described below NOTE Do not use ROMs removed from new PWBA ESS AIO 1 Remove the ROM using a minia...

Страница 487: ...3 Attach the ROM that were removed from old PWBA ESS AIO on IC sockets of new PWBA ESS AIO with its notch aligned with the notch in IC socket 4 Attach the PWBA ESS AIO to the printer 5 Secure the PWBA ESS AIO to the printer with the ten screws silver 6mm ...

Страница 488: ...Secure the USB connector of the PWBA ESS AIO to the printer with the one screw silver 4mm 7 Mate the boss and hook of the GUIDE HARNESS USB with the holes of the printer attach the GUIDE HARNESS USB Secure the GUIDE HARNESS USB to the printer with the hook ...

Страница 489: ...4 213 Chapter 4 Disassembly Assembly and Adjustments 8 Engage all the connectors of the PWBA ESS AIO ...

Страница 490: ...RY CARD PL8 1 4 Removal NOTE Use the wrist strap to protect the PWB from the electrostatic 1 Loosen the SCREW KNURLING shift the COVER ASSY ESS PL1 1 9 to rear side 2 Open the COVER ASSY ESS 3 Push the release latches of the socket to release the MEMORY CARD PL8 1 4 ...

Страница 491: ...4 215 Chapter 4 Disassembly Assembly and Adjustments 4 Remove the MEMORY CARD ...

Страница 492: ...acement NOTE Use the wrist strap to protect the PWB from the electrostatic 1 Fit the MEMORY CARD into the socket by mating the notch of the MEMORY CARD with the lug on the socket 2 Insert the MEMORY CARD to the socket until it locks 3 Close the COVER ASSY ESS ...

Страница 493: ...4 217 Chapter 4 Disassembly Assembly and Adjustments 4 Shift the COVER ASSY ESS to front side secure the SCREW KNURLING ...

Страница 494: ...he PHD ASSY to avoid exposure to light 3 Remove the PHD ASSY REP4 6 NOTE The FUSING UNIT part is very hot Take added care not to get burned when performing the service operation 4 Remove the FUSING UNIT REP6 1 5 Remove the COVER ASSY SIDE L AIO REP1 9 6 Remove the COVER POLE OUT AIO REP1 1 7 Remove the SHIELD ASSY ESS AIO REP8 5 8 Remove the two screws silver 6mm that fix the PWBA FAX PL8 1 5 to t...

Страница 495: ...mbly and Adjustments Replacement NOTE Use the wrist strap to protect the PWB from the electrostatic 1 Engage the connector P J801 of the PWBA FAX to the PWBA ESS AIO 2 Secure the PWBA FAX to the printer with the two screws silver 6mm ...

Страница 496: ...P4 6 NOTE The FUSING UNIT part is very hot Take added care not to get burned when performing the service operation 4 Remove the FUSING UNIT REP6 1 5 Remove the COVER ASSY SIDE L AIO REP1 9 6 Remove the COVER POLE OUT AIO REP1 1 7 Remove the twelve screws silver 6mm that fix the SHIELD ASSY ESS AIO PL8 1 7 to the printer 8 Lift the SHIELD ASSY ESS AIO slightly up to release the three tabs of the SH...

Страница 497: ...mbly and Adjustments Replacement 1 Engage the three tabs of the SHIELD ASSY ESS AIO to the frame and then attach the SHIELD ASSY ESS AIO to the printer 2 Secure the SHIELD ASSY ESS AIO to the printer with the twelve screws silver 6mm ...

Страница 498: ...SY to avoid exposure to light 3 Remove the PHD ASSY REP4 6 NOTE The FUSING UNIT part is very hot Take added care not to get burned when performing the service operation 4 Remove the FUSING UNIT REP6 1 5 Remove the COVER ASSY SIDE L AIO REP1 9 6 Remove the one screw silver tap 8mm that fixes the SENSOR HUM PL8 1 10 to the printer remove the SENSOR HUM 7 Disengage the connector P J201 of the SENSOR ...

Страница 499: ...4 223 Chapter 4 Disassembly Assembly and Adjustments Replacement 1 Engage the connecter P J201 of the SENSOR HUM 2 Secure the SENSOR HUM to the printer with the one screw silver tap 8mm ...

Страница 500: ...Y SIDE R AIO REP1 8 6 Remove the COVER ASSY SIDE L AIO REP1 9 7 Remove the COVER POLE OUT AIO REP1 1 8 Remove the SHIELD ASSY ESS AIO REP8 5 9 Remove the COVER POLE IN AIO REP1 3 10 Remove the COVER SCANNER LOW AIO REP1 2 11 Remove the COVER REAR AIO REP1 5 12 Remove the COVER TOP AIO REP1 4 13 Remove the CHASSIS ASSY LVPS REP8 12 14 Remove the HARNESS ASSY FRONT USB PL10 1 13 and BRACKET ASSY USB...

Страница 501: ...SY FUSING UNIT MG AIO PL6 1 2 from the GUIDE HARNESS FSR AIO PL8 2 1 20 Release the boss of the GUIDE HARNESS FSR AIO move the GUIDE HARNESS FSR AIO to remove it from the printer 21 Disengage the two connectors P J10 and 11 on the PWBA MCU PL8 3 6 pull it out from the hole of the PLATE ASSY TOP ...

Страница 502: ...s silver tap 8mm that fix the upper side of the PLATE ASSY TOP to the printer 23 Remove the one screw silver tap 8mm that fixes the right side of the PLATE ASSY TOP to the printer 24 Remove the two screws silver M4 6mm that fix the left side of the PLATE ASSY TOP to the printer ...

Страница 503: ...4 227 Chapter 4 Disassembly Assembly and Adjustments 25 Remove the one screw silver M4 6mm that fixes the inside of the PLATE ASSY TOP to the printer 26 Remove the PLATE ASSY TOP from the printer ...

Страница 504: ...four holes and tab of the PLATE ASSY TOP with the bosses and hole of the printer attach the FRAME ASSY LVPS to the printer 2 Secure the inside of the PLATE ASSY TOP with the one screw sil ver M4 6mm 3 Secure the left side of the PLATE ASSY TOP with the two screws sil ver M4 6mm ...

Страница 505: ...ith the one screw sil ver tap 8mm 5 Secure the upper side of the PLATE ASSY TOP with the six screws sil ver tap 8mm 6 Route the HARNESS ASSY ESS MG AIO PL9 1 1 and the HAR NESS ASSY ESS VIDEO MG AIO PL9 1 2 through the hole of the PLATE ASSY TOP engage the two connectors P J10 and 11 with the PWBA MCU ...

Страница 506: ...NESS FSR AIO with the holes of the PLATE ASSY TOP move the GUIDE HARNESS FSR AIO to secure it 8 Route the harness of the HARNESS ASSY FUSING UNIT MG AIO along the GUIDE HARNESS FSR AIO 9 Replace the three clamps that secure the harness of the HARN ASSY INTERLOCK AIO to the PLATE ASSY TOP ...

Страница 507: ...4 231 Chapter 4 Disassembly Assembly and Adjustments Blank Page ...

Страница 508: ...G UNIT part is very hot Take added care not to get burned when performing the service operation 4 Remove the FUSING UNIT REP6 1 5 Remove the COVER ASSY SIDE R AIO REP1 8 6 Remove the COVER ASSY SIDE L AIO REP1 9 7 Remove the COVER REAR AIO REP1 5 8 Disengage the DUCT FAN ASSY AIO PL8 2 7 connector P J503 on the PWBA LVPS PL8 2 12 release the harness of the DUCT FAN ASSY AIO from the clamp 9 Releas...

Страница 509: ...described next procedure take care to check the orientation of the FAN Attach the FAN so that its labeled surface faces front 1 Secure the DUCT FAN ASSY AIO to the printer with the four hooks 2 Engage the connector P J503 of the DUCT FAN ASSY AIO to the PWBA LVPS secure the harness using the clamp ...

Страница 510: ...f the PHD ASSY to avoid exposure to light 3 Remove the PHD ASSY REP4 6 NOTE The FUSING UNIT part is very hot Take added care not to get burned when performing the service operation 4 Remove the FUSING UNIT REP6 1 5 Remove the COVER ASSY SIDE R AIO REP1 8 6 Remove the COVER ASSY SIDE L AIO REP1 9 7 Remove the COVER REAR AIO REP1 5 8 Disengage all the connectors of the PWBA LVPS PL8 2 12 9 Remove th...

Страница 511: ...4 235 Chapter 4 Disassembly Assembly and Adjustments 10 Remove the PWBA LVPS from the printer ...

Страница 512: ...Adjustments Replacement NOTE Use the wrist strap to protect the PWB from the electrostatic 1 Attach the PWBA LVPS to the printer 2 Secure the PWBA LVPS to the printer with the six screws silver 6mm 3 Engage all the connectors of the PWBA LVPS ...

Страница 513: ...4 237 Chapter 4 Disassembly Assembly and Adjustments Blank Page ...

Страница 514: ...rformed 9 After NVM Save is complete press the STOP key several times until Engine Diag is dis played 10 Press the key several times until Exit Mode is displayed 11 Press the OK key two times Service Mode Printer are displayed 12 Turn off the power to exit 13 Remove the POWER CORD from outlet 14 Remove the CASSETTE ASSY 250 MG AIO REP2 1 15 Open the COVER ASSY FRONT PL1 2 1 NOTE Cover the drum of ...

Страница 515: ...stments 26 Disengage all the connectors of the PWBA MCU PL8 3 6 release the harnesses from the three clamps on the CHASSIS MCU PL8 3 1 27 Remove the six screws silver 6mm that fix the PWBA MCU to the printer 28 Remove the PWBA MCU from the printer ...

Страница 516: ...en the PWBA MCU is replaced with a new one perform the following steps After completing all steps 1 Mate the holes of the PWBA MCU with the tabs of the printer attach it 2 Secure the PWBA MCU to the printer with the six screws silver 6mm 3 Engage all the connectors of the PWBA MCU secure the harnesses using three clamps on the CHASSIS MCU ...

Страница 517: ...ress the OK key once 11 Press the key several times until Engine Diag is displayed Press the OK key once 12 Press the key several times until NVM Settings is displayed Press the OK key once 13 Press the key several times until LoadNVM from ESS is displayed Press the OK key once 14 Press the OK key once and NVM Load is performed 15 After NVM Load is complete press the STOP key several times until E...

Страница 518: ...d care not to get burned when performing the service operation 4 Remove the FUSING UNIT REP6 1 5 Remove the COVER ASSY SIDE R AIO REP1 8 6 Remove the COVER ASSY SIDE L AIO REP1 9 7 Remove the COVER POLE OUT AIO REP1 1 8 Remove the SHIELD ASSY ESS AIO REP8 5 9 Remove the COVER POLE IN AIO REP1 3 10 Remove the COVER REAR AIO REP1 5 11 Remove the COVER TOP AIO REP1 4 12 Remove the CHASSIS ASSY LVPS R...

Страница 519: ...CH ASSY INLET MG AIO Then release the harness of the SWITCH ASSY INLET MG AIO from hook of the CHASSIS INLET 15 Release the hooks of the SWITCH POWER remove the SWITCH POWER of the SWITCH ASSY INLET MG AIO from the CHASSIS INLET 16 Release the hooks of the AC INLET remove the AC INLET of the SWITCH ASSY INLET MG AIO from the CHASSIS INLET ...

Страница 520: ...4 244 Chapter 4 Disassembly Assembly and Adjustments 17 Pull out the harness SWITCH POWER and connector J48 through the hole of the CHASSIS INLET remove the SWITCH ASSY INLET MG AIO from the printer ...

Страница 521: ...4 245 Chapter 4 Disassembly Assembly and Adjustments Blank Page ...

Страница 522: ...HASSIS INLET 2 Attach the AC INLET of the SWITCH ASSY INLET MG AIO to the CHASSIS INLET and secure it with the hooks 3 Attach the SWITCH POWER of the SWITCH ASSY INLET MG AIO to the CHASSIS INLET and secure it with the hooks NOTE When replacing the SWITCH ASSY INLET MG AIO match the ON OFF mark of the SWITCH POWER with the mark on the CHASSIS INLET ...

Страница 523: ... that secure the harness of the SWITCH ASSY INLET MG AIO to the PLATE ASSY DUCT route the harness of the SWITCH ASSY INLET MG AIO through the hook of the CHASSIS INLET 5 Secure the grounding terminal of the SWITCH ASSY INLET MG AIO with the one screw silver with washer 6mm ...

Страница 524: ...ry hot Take added care not to get burned when performing the service operation 4 Remove the FUSING UNIT REP6 1 5 Remove the COVER ASSY SIDE R AIO REP1 8 6 Remove the COVER ASSY SIDE L AIO REP1 9 7 Remove the COVER POLE OUT AIO REP1 1 8 Remove the SHIELD ASSY ESS AIO REP8 5 9 Remove the COVER POLE IN AIO REP1 3 10 Remove the COVER REAR AIO REP1 5 11 Remove the COVER TOP AIO REP1 4 12 Disengage all ...

Страница 525: ...f the SWITCH ASSY INLET MG AIO PL8 3 7 from the GUIDE HAR NESS LVPS PL8 2 11 14 Remove the seven screws silver M4 6mm and the two screws sil ver tap 8mm that fix the CHAS SIS LVPS to the printer NOTE When carrying out the work described next procedure lift the CHASSIS LVPS slightly up because the notch of the CHASSIS LVPS hits the screw ...

Страница 526: ...sembly and Adjustments 15 Move the CHASSIS LVPS with the PWBA LVPS and the DUCT FAN ASSY AIO PL8 2 7 slightly from the printer 16 Pull the harnesses out from the hole of the CHASSIS LVPS remove the CHASSIS ASSY LVPS from the printer ...

Страница 527: ...4 251 Chapter 4 Disassembly Assembly and Adjustments Blank Page ...

Страница 528: ...screws are marked with T The securing positions for metal screws are marked with M 1 Route the harnesses into the hole of the CHASSIS LVPS NOTE Take care not to route the harness through the wrong hole NOTE When carrying out the work described next procedure take care not to damage the harness by pinching it between the CHASSIS LVPS and the printer 2 Attach the CHASSIS LVPS to the printer together...

Страница 529: ...e seven screws sil ver M4 6mm and the two screws silver tap 8mm 4 Route the harness of the HARNESS ASSY FUSING UNIT MG AIO and harness of the SWITCH ASSY INLET MG AIO along the GUIDE HARNESS LVPS 5 Engage all the connectors of the PWBA LVPS secure the harnesses using the two clamps on the CHAS SIS LVPS ...

Страница 530: ...move the COVER POLE OUT AIO REP1 1 8 Remove the SHIELD ASSY ESS AIO REP8 5 9 Remove the COVER POLE IN AIO REP1 3 10 Remove the COVER SCANNER LOW AIO REP1 2 11 Remove the COVER REAR AIO REP1 5 12 Remove the COVER TOP AIO REP1 4 13 Remove the CHASSIS ASSY LVPS REP8 12 14 Remove the HARNESS ASSY FRONT USB PL10 1 13 and BRACKET ASSY USB PL10 1 14 REP9 6 15 Remove the TRAY ASSY REP9 3 16 Remove the ADF...

Страница 531: ...4 255 Chapter 4 Disassembly Assembly and Adjustments 20 Release the two hooks of the CHAS SIS INLET 21 Remove the CHASSIS INLET together with the SWITCH ASSY INLET MG AIO ...

Страница 532: ...attach the CHASSIS INLET to the printer together with the SWITCH ASSY INLET MG AIO 2 Secure the CHASSIS INLET to the printer with the two hooks 3 Secure the CHASSIS INLET to the printer with the two screws silver tap 8mm secure the grounding ter minal of the SWITCH ASSY INLET MG AIO to the printer with the one screw silver with washer 6mm ...

Страница 533: ...4 257 Chapter 4 Disassembly Assembly and Adjustments Blank Page ...

Страница 534: ...move the TRAY ASSY REP9 3 2 Remove the one screw silver tap 8mm that fixes the COVER ASSY REAR ADF PL10 1 7 to the ADF ASSY PL10 1 3 3 Slightly raise the right side of the COVER ASSY REAR ADF and then move the COVER ASSY REAR ADF to the left until its two hooks are released 4 Remove the one screw silver 4mm that fixes the grounding terminals of the HARN ASSY ADF PL10 1 2 from the ADF ASSY ...

Страница 535: ...ngage the connector P JADF1 of the HARN ASSY ADF on the PWBA 6 Remove the RUBBER BUSH of the HARN ASSY ADF from the ADF ASSY 7 Release the hook of the COUNTER BALANCE R PL10 1 10 using the screwdriver remove the COUNTER BALANCE R from the IIT ASSY SUB PL10 1 11 ...

Страница 536: ... Adjustments 8 Tilt the ADF ASSY to the left side release the tab of the COUNTER BALANCE L PL10 1 9 from the IIT ASSY SUB 9 Lift the ADF ASSY up remove the HARN ASSY ADF from the hole of the ADF ASSY Remove the ADF ASSY from the IIT ASSY SUB ...

Страница 537: ... hole of the ADF ASSY 2 Tilt the ADF ASSY to left side put the tab of the COUNTER BAL ANCE L into the hole of the IIT ASSY SUB Attach the COUNTER BALANCE L to the IIT ASSY SUB 3 Attach the COUNTER BALANCE R to the IIT ASSY SUB fix the hook of the COUNTER BALANCE R Attach the ADF ASSY to the IIT ASSY SUB ...

Страница 538: ...ustments 4 Attach the RUBBER BUSH of the HARN ASSY ADF to the rib of the ADF ASSY 5 Engage the connector P JADF1 of the HARN ASSY ADF to the PWBA 6 Secure the grounding terminals of the HARN ASSY ADF to the ADF ASSY with the one screw silver 4mm ...

Страница 539: ... COVER ADF REAR to the ADF ASSY by locking the two hooks in place NOTE When performing this step ensure that the notch on the front side of the COVER ADF REAR is aligned with the screw hole 8 Secure the COVER ADF REAR to the ADF ASSY with the one screw silver tap 8mm ...

Страница 540: ... ASSY FEED PL10 1 5 PAD ASSY SEPARATOR PL10 1 6 Removal 1 Open the COVER TOP ADF PL10 1 4 2 Raise the LEVER of the ROLL ASSY FEED PL10 1 5 by 90 degrees 3 After removing the lever of the ROLL ASSY FEED from the guide pull the rear shaft out Remove the ROLL ASSY FEED ...

Страница 541: ...4 265 Chapter 4 Disassembly Assembly and Adjustments 4 Release the two hooks of the PAD ASSY SEPARATOR PL10 1 6 raise the PAD ASSY SEPARATOR 5 Remove the PAD ASSY SEPARA TOR ...

Страница 542: ...he flat surface of the pivot on the PAD ASSY SEPARATOR with the groove of the ADF ASSY Attach the PAD ASSY SEPARATOR 2 Tilt the PAD ASSY SEPARATOR to fix the two hooks of the PAD ASSY SEPARATOR 3 Mate the pin on the shaft of the ROLL ASSY FEED with the notch of the ADF ASSY ...

Страница 543: ...sembly and Adjustments 4 Mate the flat surface of the LEVER on the ROLL ASSY FEED with the guide of the ADF ASSY to attach the ROLL ASSY FEED 5 Tilt the LEVER of the ROLL ASSY FEED to fix the ROLL ASSY FEED 6 Close the COVER TOP ADF ...

Страница 544: ...3 TRAY ASSY PL10 1 8 Removal 1 Open the COVER TOP ADF PL10 1 4 2 Bend the rear side hinge of the TRAY ASSY PL10 1 8 release the boss from the hole of the ADF ASSY 3 Release the front side boss of the TRAY ASSY from the hole of the ADF ASSY remove the TRAY ASSY ...

Страница 545: ...stments Replacement 1 Mate the boss of the TRAY ASSY ADF with the hole of the ADF ASSY 2 Depress the hinge of the TRAY ASSY ADF to mate the boss of the TRAY ASSY ADF with the hole of the ADF ASSY Attach the TRAY ASSY ADF 3 Close the COVER TOP ADF ...

Страница 546: ... 1 10 Removal 1 Remove the TRAY ASSY REP9 3 2 Remove the ADF ASSY REP9 1 3 Remove the four screws silver tap 8mm that fix the COUNTER BAL ANCE L PL10 1 9 to the ADF ASSY 4 Remove the COUNTER BALANCE L from the ADF ASSY 5 Remove the one screw silver tap 8mm that fixes the COUNTER BALANCE R PL10 1 10 to the ADF ASSY ...

Страница 547: ...4 271 Chapter 4 Disassembly Assembly and Adjustments 6 Remove the COUNTER BALANCE R from the ADF ASSY ...

Страница 548: ... holes of the COUNTER BALANCE R with the bosses of the ADF ASSY attach the COUNTER BALANCE R 2 Secure the COUNTER BALANCE R to the ADF ASSY with the one screw silver tap 8mm 3 Mate the two holes of the COUNTER BALANCE L with the bosses of the ADF ASSY attach the COUNTER BALANCE L ...

Страница 549: ...4 273 Chapter 4 Disassembly Assembly and Adjustments 4 Secure the COUNTER BALANCE L to the ADF ASSY with the four screws silver tap 8mm ...

Страница 550: ...performing the service operation 4 Remove the FUSING UNIT REP6 1 5 Remove the COVER ASSY SIDE R AIO REP1 8 6 Remove the COVER ASSY SIDE L AIO REP1 9 7 Remove the COVER POLE OUT AIO REP1 1 8 Remove the SHIELD ASSY ESS AIO REP8 5 9 Remove the COVER POLE IN AIO REP1 3 10 Remove the COVER SCANNER LOW AIO REP1 2 11 Remove the HARNESS ASSY FRONT USB PL10 1 13 and BRACKET ASSY USB PL10 1 14 REP9 6 12 Rem...

Страница 551: ...ne screw silver 6mm that fixes the ground wire of the HARN ASSY ADF Disengage the two connectors P J1002 and 1003 on the PWBA ESS AIO PL8 1 2 release the harness of the IIT ASSY SUB from the clamp Release the HARN ASSY ADF from the hook of the HOLDER FFC PL8 4 7 17 Pull out the harness of the IIT ASSY SUB to outside from the hole of the frame ...

Страница 552: ...Disassembly Assembly and Adjustments 18 Remove the ferrite core 19 Pull out the HARN ASSY ADF to outside from the hole of the frame 20 Disengage the flat cable P J1001 of the IIT ASSY SUB PL10 1 11 on the PWBA ESS AIO ...

Страница 553: ...stments 21 Release the two hooks of the HOLDER FFC remove the CORE FERR FFC PL10 1 12 from the printer 22 Remove the CORE FERR FFC from the flat cable of the IIT ASSY SUB 23 Remove the two screws silver 6mm that fix the IIT ASSY SUB to the printer ...

Страница 554: ...nts 24 Shift the IIT ASSY SUB to left side to release the holes of the IIT ASSY SUB from the four studs lift the IIT ASSY SUB up Remove the IIT ASSY SUB together with the HARN ASSY ADF 25 Pull out the HARN ASSY ADF through the hole of the IIT ASSY SUB ...

Страница 555: ...g them between the frame and the IIT ASSY SUB 1 Route the HARN ASSY ADF through the hole of the IIT ASSY SUB 2 Put the IIT ASSY SUB on the frame shift it to right side to mate the four holes of the IIT ASSY SUB with the studs of the frame NOTE When carrying out the work this procedure route the harness of the ADF ASSY and the flat cable into the printer route the harness of the IIT ASSY SUB to out...

Страница 556: ...lat cable through the HOLDER FFC attach the CORE FERR FFC to the flat cable of the IIT ASSY SUB NOTE When carrying out this procedure ensure that the flat cable is pulled out without a slack between the IIT ASST SUB and the frame 5 With the flat cable stretched tight bend it lightly so that it is aligned to the underside of the HOLDER FFC ...

Страница 557: ... 6 Move the CORE FERR FFC to the bend of the flat cable and then secure the CORE FERR FFC with the two hooks on the HOLDER FFC 7 Engage the flat cable P J1001 of the IIT ASSY SUB to the PWBA ESS AIO 8 Route the HARN ASSY ADF through the hole of the frame ...

Страница 558: ...IIT ASSY SUB through the hole of the frame 11 Route the HARN ASSY ADF along the hook of the HOLDER FFC Engage the two connectors P J1002 and 1003 on the PWBA ESS AIO secure the harness of the IIT ASSY SUB using the clamp Secure the ground wire of the HARN ASSY ADF to the printer with the one screw silver 6mm ...

Страница 559: ...4 283 Chapter 4 Disassembly Assembly and Adjustments 12 Replace the clamp that secures the HARN ASSY ADF to the printer 13 Secure the COVER FFC to the printer with the two hooks ...

Страница 560: ...posure to light 3 Remove the PHD ASSY REP4 6 NOTE The FUSING UNIT part is very hot Take added care not to get burned when performing the service operation 4 Remove the FUSING UNIT REP6 1 5 Remove the COVER ASSY SIDE L AIO REP1 9 6 Remove the COVER POLE OUT AIO REP1 1 7 Remove the SHIELD ASSY ESS AIO REP8 5 8 Disengage the connector P J2 of the PWB ASSY FRONT USB PL10 1 15 9 Remove the one screw si...

Страница 561: ... 12 to the printer remove the CLAMP 11 Disengage the connector P J1301 of the HARNESS ASSY FRONT USB PL10 1 13 release the HAR NESS ASSY FRONT USB from the GUIDE HARNESS USB PL8 4 5 Pull out the HARNESS ASSY FRONT USB from the hole of the printer remove the HARNESS ASSY FRONT USB from the printer GUIDE HARNESS USB ...

Страница 562: ...e the connector P J1301 on the PWBA ESS AIO secure the HARNESS ASSY FRONT USB using the GUIDE HARNESS USB 2 Fit the CLAMP to the stripped off portion of the HARNESS ASSY FRONT USB and then secure the CLAMP to the printer using one screw silver 6mm NOTE Since the CLAMP also serves as a grounding means ensure that the CLAMP is fit to the stripped off section of the HARNESS ASSY FRONT USB GUIDE HARNE...

Страница 563: ... Adjustments 3 Mate the two holes of the BRACKET ASSY USB with the two bosses of the IIT ASSY SUB secure the BRACKET ASSY USB with the one screw silver tap 8mm and the one screw silver 6mm 4 Engage the connecter P J2 of the PWB ASSY FRONT USB ...

Страница 564: ...L1 2 1 NOTE Cover the drum of the PHD ASSY to avoid exposure to light 3 Remove the PHD ASSY REP4 6 NOTE The FUSING UNIT part is very hot Take added care not to get burned when performing the service operation 4 Remove the FUSING UNIT REP6 1 5 Remove the COVER ASSY SIDE R AIO REP1 8 6 Press the LATCH BUTTON to unlock the FEEDER ASSY DUP AIO STD PL11 1 1 7 Lift up the FEEDER ASSY DUP AIO STD from th...

Страница 565: ...Disassembly Assembly and Adjustments Replacement 1 Align the arrow on the FEEDER ASSY DUP AIO STD with the one on the COVER ASSY FRONT attach the FEEDER ASSY DUP AIO STD 2 Push the FEEDER ASSY DUP AIO STD to secure it ...

Страница 566: ...the FEEDER ASSY DUP AIO STD REP10 1 3 Release the six hooks that fixes the COVER PWBA DUP PL11 1 15 remove the COVER PWBA DUP from the FEEDER ASSY DUP AIO STD PL11 1 1 4 Disengage the connector P J603 of the DRIVE ASSY DUP PL11 2 5 on the PWBA DUP PL11 1 16 release the harness of the DRIVE ASSY DUP from the hooks of the COVER DRIVE DUP PL11 2 3 3 1 3 2 3 3 ...

Страница 567: ...DRIVE DUP Draw out the connector of the DRIVE ASSY DUP from the hole of the COVER DRIVE DUP and then remove the COVER DRIVE DUP from the FEEDER ASSY DUP AIO STD 6 Remove the four screws silver tap 8mm that fix the DRIVE ASSY DUP to the FEEDER ASSY DUP AIO STD remove the DRIVE ASSY DUP 5 1 5 2 ...

Страница 568: ...ts 7 Release the hook of the GEAR ROLL DUP PL11 2 6 remove the GEAR ROLL DUP from the ROLLER ASSY DUP PL11 2 9 8 Remove the BEARING DUP PL11 2 7 that fixes the right and left sides of the ROLLER ASSY DUP by rotating in the direction shown by the arrow ...

Страница 569: ...4 293 Chapter 4 Disassembly Assembly and Adjustments 9 Remove the ROLLER ASSY DUP from the FEEDER ASSY DUP AIO STD ...

Страница 570: ...he ROLLER ASSY DUP to the FEEDER ASSY DUP AIO STD 2 Replace the BEARING DUP on both the right and left sides of the ROLLER ASSY DUP by matching the tab of the BEARING DUP with the notch of the FEEDER ASSY DUP AIO STD Clamp the BEARING DUP firmly to the FEEDER ASSY DUP AIO STD ...

Страница 571: ... 3 Attach the GEAR ROLL DUP to the ROLLER ASSY DUP mate the hook of the GEAR ROLL DUP with the groove of the FEEDER ASSY DUP AIO STD 4 Attach the DRIVE ASSY DUP to the FEEDER ASSY DUP AIO STD secure the DRIVE ASSY DUP with the four screws silver tap 8mm ...

Страница 572: ...ASSY DUP through the hole of the COVER DRIVE DUP Then fix the COVER DRIVE DUP to the FEEDER ASSY DUP AIO STD using the five hooks 6 Route the harness of the DRIVE ASSY DUP along the hooks of the COVER DRIVE DUP engage the connector P J603 of the DRIVE ASSY DUP to the PWBA DUP 5 2 5 3 5 1 ...

Страница 573: ...s NOTE When carrying out the steps described below insert the right edge of the COVER PWBA DUP into the clearance of the CHUTE DUP FRAME 7 Attach the COVER PWBA DUP to the FEEDER ASSY DUP AIO STD secure the COVER PWBA DUP with the six hooks 7 3 7 2 7 1 ...

Страница 574: ...pen the COVER ASSY FRONT PL1 2 1 2 Remove the FEEDER ASSY DUP AIO STD PL10 1 3 Open the CHUTE DUP IN PL11 1 2 Replacement Replace in the reverse order of the removal procedure 4 Remove the left and right bosses of the CHUTE DUP IN from the FEEDER ASSY DUP AIO STD and then remove the KIT CHUTE DUP IN PL11 1 98 KIT CHUTE DUP IN ...

Страница 575: ...4 299 Chapter 4 Disassembly Assembly and Adjustments Blank Page ...

Страница 576: ...al procedure NOTE When installing the KIT HARNESS ASSY DUP insert the hooks of the HARNESS ASSY DUP connector J272 securely into the SPRING CONNECT DUP PL11 1 12 4 Disconnect the HARNESS ASSY DUP PL11 1 14 connector P J601 that is connected to the PWBA DUP PL11 1 16 and release the harness of the HARNESS ASSY DUP from the hooks of the CHUTE DUP FRAME PL11 2 9 5 Release the hooks x2 locations of th...

Страница 577: ...4 301 Chapter 4 Disassembly Assembly and Adjustments Blank Page ...

Страница 578: ...REP11 1 FEEDER ASSY OPT MG AIO PL12 1 3 Removal NOTE The printer must be lifted by two people 1 Remove the CASSETTE ASSY 250 MG AIO REP2 1 2 Remove the CASSETTE ASSY 250 OPT MG AIO 3 Remove the two SCREW JOINTs PL12 1 2 that fix the FEEDER ASSY OPT MG AIO PL12 1 3 to the printer ...

Страница 579: ...4 303 Chapter 4 Disassembly Assembly and Adjustments 4 Lift up the printer to separate it from the FEEDER ASSY OPT MG AIO ...

Страница 580: ...SSY 250 OPT MG AIO into the FEEDER ASSY OPT MG AIO 4 Insert the CASSETTE ASSY 250 MG AIO into the printer 1 Place the printer on the FEEDER ASSY OPT MG AIO with the five holes on the bottom of the printer aligned with the studs on the FEEDER ASSY OPT MG AIO 2 Secure the printer to the FEEDER ASSY OPT MG AIO using the two SCREW JOINTs ...

Страница 581: ...4 305 Chapter 4 Disassembly Assembly and Adjustments Blank Page ...

Страница 582: ...move the CASSETTE ASSY 250 OPT MG AIO 2 Release the hook of the ROLL CORE MSI PL12 4 3 on the left of the ROLL ASSY FEED PL 12 4 4 and move the ROLL CORE MSI to left until it stops 3 Release the groove on the ROLL ASSY FEED from the vertical pin mounted on the SHAFT ASSY FEED PL12 4 2 by sliding the ROLL ASSY FEED to the left ...

Страница 583: ...4 307 Chapter 4 Disassembly Assembly and Adjustments 4 Remove the ROLL ASSY FEED from the SHAFT ASSY FEED by rotating the ROLL ASSY FEED 180 degrees ...

Страница 584: ...ustments Replacement 1 Fit the ROLL ASSY FEED to the SHAFT ASSY FEED with the groove of the ROLL ASSY FEED facing upward rotate the ROLL ASSY FEED 180 degrees so that the pin on the SHAFT ASSY FEED is aligned with the groove on the ROLL ASSY FEED ...

Страница 585: ...4 309 Chapter 4 Disassembly Assembly and Adjustments 2 Move the ROLL ASSY FEED to the right side put the groove of the ROLL ASSY FEED on the pin of the SHAFT ASSY FEED ...

Страница 586: ...mbly Assembly and Adjustments 4 Insert the CASSETTE ASSY 250 OPT MG AIO into the FEEDER ASSY OPT MG AIO 3 Move the ROLL CORE MSI to the right side to secure the hook of the ROLL CORE MSI with the groove of the SHAFT ASSY FEED ...

Страница 587: ...placement of any SCC the complete component unit must be replaced It must never be disassembled or no individual internal parts of it must be replaced Further when a spare part is provided with the instructions the CEs are required to follow them Installation of any part other than the ones designated by Fuji Xerox Co Ltd shall be strictly prohibited because it cannot be guaranteed in quality and ...

Страница 588: ... the main processor to upgrade Communication interfaces support a network Port9100 a USB port and a parallel port This document describes examples of using a USB port Servicing duration Controlle About 5 minutes MCU About 3 minutes Working procedure 1 If Ready on the Main Processor Operation Panel start xeroxfwup exe 2 Select USB and click Next button ...

Страница 589: ... 3 Select an appropriate main processor and click Next button 4 The following screen appears and upgrade is performed After firmware download a printer will automatically reboot 5 After upgrade is done when the following screen appears click Next button ...

Страница 590: ...314 Chapter 4 Disassembly Assembly and Adjustments 6 Click OK button to exit the tool NOTE Print Configuration to check the firmware version Controller General Firmware Version MCU General Engine Version ...

Страница 591: ...NOTE IBG Collect discard components following the way specified separately Component Name Stored Information Work before replacement abolition Work after replacement PWBA ESS AIO Parameters that can be set by users IP address etc Job log Error log Fault History Counter DV log Auditron setting Total PV Information JBA Information Manipulation Log Network Settings Infor mation Initial Action Back up...

Страница 592: ...4 316 Chapter 4 Disassembly Assembly and Adjustments Blank Page ...

Страница 593: ...Chapter 5 Parts List ...

Страница 594: ......

Страница 595: ...st 5 19 PL 8 1 Electrical Frame AIO 1 4 Illustration 5 20 PL 8 1 Electrical Frame AIO 1 4 List 5 21 PL 8 2 Electrical Frame AIO 2 4 Illustration 5 22 PL 8 2 Electrical Frame AIO 2 4 List 5 23 PL 8 3 Electrical Frame AIO 3 4 Illustration 5 24 PL 8 3 Electrical Frame AIO 3 4 List 5 25 PL 8 4 Electrical Frame AIO 4 4 Illustration 5 26 PL 8 4 Electrical Frame AIO 4 4 List 5 27 PL 9 1 Harness Illustrat...

Страница 596: ...Chapter 5 Parts List Chapter 5 Parts List CONTENTS PL12 4 250 Feeder Option 4 5 List 5 43 PL12 5 250 Feeder Option 5 5 Illustration 5 44 PL12 5 250 Feeder Option 5 5 List 5 45 ...

Страница 597: ...rk with 2 5 PL6 1 1 represent that the item 2 3 4 and 5 of that plate and the item 1 of the plate 6 1 are contained The mark Ref PLX Y Z attached to parts in the illustrations and lists resents that the parts is the same as the parts of the item Z of the plate X Y The mark attached to parts in the list represents Note or Reference about that parts is contained in the same page Safety Critical Comp...

Страница 598: ... Chapter 5 Parts List 5 2 Parts list PL 1 1 Cover 1 2 Illustration MiA05001IA ST1 SM3 SM3 ST1 SM3 ST1 ST1 ST1 ST1 ST1 ST1 ST1 ST1 ST1 ST1 ST1 ST1 ST1 ST1 1 9 2 3 4 5 7 6 8 13 with 8 9 12 with 6 7 PL1 2 30 ...

Страница 599: ... 1 1 32B2 3 848E 61462 SCC COVER POLE IN AIO REP 1 3 REP 99 1 1 32B3 4 848E 61451 SCC COVER TOP AIO REP 1 4 REP 99 1 1 32B4 5 848E 61040 SCC COVER REAR AIO REP 1 5 REP 99 1 1 32B5 6 COVER SIDE R AIO 32B6 7 COVER WINDOW TNR AIO 32B7 8 COVER SIDE L AIO 32B8 9 COVER ASSY ESS 32B9 10 11 12 848K 51151 COVER ASSY SIDE R AIO with 6 7 PL1 2 30 32BB 13 848K 50521 COVER ASSY SIDE L AIO with 8 9 32BC ...

Страница 600: ...ST1 ST1 ST1 ST1 ST1 SM2 ST1 ST1 ST1 ST1 ST1 ST1 ST1 ST1 ST1 ST1 32 12 with 13 16 27 28 6 7 8 9 10 30 with 25 26 5 with 6 9 1 with 2 5 10 12 24 31 11 13 14 14 16 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 17 18 19 15 2 3 4 31 J202 J5301 MiA05002IA 28 with 17 19 21 23 J271 P272 33 ...

Страница 601: ...LDER ASSY FRONT L CDN with 13 16 27 28 32CC 13 019E 79051 HOLDER FRONT L AIO 32CD 14 806E 20161 SHAFT PIVOT 32CE 15 HARNESS ASSY DUP GND MG AIO 71B1 16 PLATE EARTH Duplex Model Only 32CF 17 HOLDER LINK LOWER 32CG 18 PLATE LINK 32CH 19 SPRING LINK 32CJ 20 21 HOLDER LINK UPPER 32CL 22 PAD L 32CM 23 HOLDER SLIDER 32CN 24 HOLDER FRONT R AIO 32CP 25 STRAP B 32CQ 26 STRAP A 32CR 27 962K 73540 HARNESS A ...

Страница 602: ...5 6 Chapter 5 Parts List PL 2 1 Paper Cassete Illustration MiA05003IA 2 with 22 24 3 4 5 6 7 16 18 8 19 15 16 14 21 with 2 8 14 18 25 27 1 with 19 21 17 28 with 17 25 27 25 99 with 6 8 24 22 23 27 26 ...

Страница 603: ...390 LATCH BOTTOM L 50B8 15 003E 73930 LATCH BOTTOM R 50B9 16 809E 82580 SPRING LATCH B 50BB 17 050K 61170 TRAY ASSY EXTENSION 50BC 18 848K 52262 HOUSING CASSETTE 250 50BD 19 003K 87520 HANDLE ASSY CST MG AIO 50BE 20 21 050K 63890 TRAY ASSY CST 250 AIO with 2 8 14 18 25 27 5012 22 032E 26410 GUIDE BOTTOM L 50BF 23 032E 26420 GUIDE BOTTOM R 50BG 24 019K 09240 PAD ASSY BOTTOM 50BH 25 038K 18440 GUIDE...

Страница 604: ...T1 ST1 ST1 ST1 ST1 ST1 ST1 E2 ST1 ST1 ST1 ST1 E2 1 4 8 11 12 13 14 9 17 18 25 27 28 16 15 10 5 5 2 19 with 16 17 97 with 1 2 99 with 11 17 Ref PL3 2 1 J231 P231 J23 J234 J232 J233 J28 J281 J201 J262 J20 98 with 4 5 8 15 18 20 25 27 28 31 33 PL3 2 1 PL8 1 10 20 J27 P273 P271 ST1 ST1 ST1 33 32 31 ...

Страница 605: ...16 GEAR FEED OUT 50CE 17 GEAR FEED IN 50CF 18 962K 87380 SCC HARNESS ASSY L SIDE MG AIO J20 J23 J28 J201 P231 J232 J233 J234 J281 REP 99 1 1 71C1 19 007K 15660 GEAR ASSY FEED with 16 17 50CG 20 HARNESS ASSY OPTION MG AIO J27 P271 P273 71C2 21 22 23 24 25 PLATE EARTH FDR R 50CH 26 27 PLATE TIE 50CJ 28 PLATE EARTH FDR L 50CK 29 30 31 PLATE EARTH FDR 50CL 32 103E 42980 VARISTOR S10K680E2 50CM 33 PLAT...

Страница 606: ...2 E2 E1 E2 E2 ST1 ST1 3 2 4 3 5 1 with 2 16 20 33 36 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 31 13 13 21 14 15 16 17 18 19 22 23 33 24 28 25 20 29 30 P232 P233 P234 SSI NO PAPER SENSOR CST NO PAPER SENSOR REGI SENSOR 32 with 17 19 97 with 11 12 98 with 14 15 99 with 16 32 26 36 34 35 27 with 34 35 36 ...

Страница 607: ...TOR SSI 50DE 15 809E 71030 SPRING ACT SSI 50DF 16 809E 70982 SPRING STP 50DG 17 STOPPER ACT 50DH 18 SPRING ACT NP 50DJ 19 ACTUATOR NO PAPER 50DK 20 BEARING M EARTH 50DL 21 BEARING EARTH REGI 50DM 22 GEAR REGI R 50DN 23 GEAR REGI M 50DP 24 SPRING REGI R MG 50DQ 25 PLATE EARTH REGI 50DR 26 CHUTE UP 50DS 27 054K 35890 CHUTE ASSY LOW with 34 35 50DT 28 674E 01840 BRACKET SNS 50DV 29 SPRING REGI L MG 5...

Страница 608: ...stration MiA05006IA ST1 ST1 ST1 ST1 ST1 ST1 ST1 ST1 ST1 ST1 SM2 SM2 SM2 SM2 SM2 SM2 SM2 2 1 3 4 2 5 6 7 4 7 8 5 6 9 9 9 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 21 P141 P161 22 23 J40 J41 J411 J412 99 with 1 2x2pcs w screw 98 with 4 5 6x2pcs 97 with 4 5 7x2pcs ...

Страница 609: ... SPRING CF 71D2 11 SPRING TR4 71D3 12 SPRING TR3 71D4 13 SPRING TR2 71D5 14 SPRING TR1 71D6 15 SPRING D4 71D7 16 SPRING D3 71D8 17 SPRING D2 71D9 18 SPRING D1 71DB 19 105K 24390 SCC PWBA HVPS REP 4 5 REP 99 1 1 7320 20 21 PHD ASSY 4510 22 962K 52060 SCC HARN ASSY ROS RE J40 J411 REP 99 1 1 13B2 23 962K 52070 HARN ASSY ROS VIDEO J41 J412 13B3 97 675K 54241 KIT BLOCK PHD RIGHT with 4 5 7x2 13B5 98 6...

Страница 610: ... ST1 ST1 SM3 ST1 ST1 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 16 16 16 16 15 12 9 14 15 15 15 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 10 10 10 10 11 with 12 13 2 with 3 8 1 with 2 9 11 14 16 25 27 3 4 3 3 3 5 6 7 8 7 8 7 8 7 8 6 6 6 14 14 14 J191 P192 P191 P182 P181 J192 J182 J181 J311 J29 J31 J19 J18 J312 J313 J314 P311 P291 J291 P312 P313 P314 ...

Страница 611: ...1 FRAME ASSY DISP with 12 13 40BA 12 FRAME DISP 40BB 13 SEAL DISP AUG 40BC 14 CONNECTOR CRUM 40BD 15 SPRING DISP 40BE 16 JOINT ASSY DISP 40BF 17 604K 65770 HOLDER ASSY TCRU K 40BG 18 604K 65780 HOLDER ASSY TCRU C 40BH 19 604K 65790 HOLDER ASSY TCRU M 40BJ 20 604K 65800 HOLDER ASSY TCRU Y 40BK 21 TONER CARTRIDGE K 401K 22 TONER CARTRIDGE C 401C 23 TONER CARTRIDGE M 401M 24 TONER CARTRIDGE Y 401Y 25...

Страница 612: ...5 16 Chapter 5 Parts List PL 6 1 Transfer Fusing Unit Illustration MiA05008IA ST1 ST10 1 5 6 7 8 4 3 P171 J171 P281 2 J17 J47 ...

Страница 613: ...T 220V REP 6 1 REP 99 1 1 43AA 2 962K 87440 SCC HARNESS ASSY FUSING UNIT MG AIO 110V J17 47 P171 REP 99 1 1 71F1 962K 87451 SCC HARNESS ASSY FUSING UNIT MG AIO 220V J17 47 P171 REP 99 1 1 71F1 3 003E 73241 STOPPER PIVOT 30B1 4 PIVOT TRANS L 30B2 5 807E 15192 GEAR T4 30B3 6 006K 25551 SHAFT ASSY PIVOT 30B4 7 848K 52580 TRANSFER ASSY 41AA 8 848E 22370 COVER HARNESS 41AB ...

Страница 614: ...5 18 Chapter 5 Parts List PL 7 1 Drive Illustration MiA05009IA ST1 SM3 ST1 ST1 ST1 SM3 ST1 ST1 ST1 ST1 ST1 SM3 SM2 ST1 1 3 P221 2 4 5 J241 P211 P241 J24 COLOR MODE SWITCHING SENSOR 6 P261 ...

Страница 615: ...7400 SCC DRIVE ASSY SUB REP 7 1 REP 99 1 1 4030 2 007K 17390 SCC DRIVE ASSY MAIN REP 7 2 REP 99 1 1 4020 3 807E 15100 GEAR P2 4033 4 007K 94706 SCC DRIVE ASSY PH REP 7 3 REP 99 1 1 4523 5 962K 87361 SCC HARNESS ASSY KSOL MG AIO J24 P241 REP 99 1 1 71G1 6 130E 87090 SENSOR PHOTO 45B1 ...

Страница 616: ...on MiA05010IA ST2 SM2 SM2 SM2 SM2 SM2 SM2 SM2 SM2 SM2 SM2 SM2 SM2 SM2 SM2 SM2 SM2 SM2 SM2 SM2 ST1 SM2 SM2 SM2 SM1 ST1 SM2 SM2 1 4 5 6 9 10 8 3 2 with 3 J44 7 with 8 9 P403 P802 P2401 J801 P801 P201 P1003 P1002 P2002 P2001 P1301 P2501 P2103 Ref PL8 1 2 J1001 Not in used ...

Страница 617: ... SW J44 REP 8 1 REP 99 1 1 31C1 2 960K 56250 ISC SCC PWBA ESS AIO with 3 REP 8 2 REP 99 1 1 76AA 3 NVM ROM 76B1 4 133K 26620 MEMORY CARD OPTION 7640 5 960K 53600 SCC PWBA FAX REP 8 4 REP 99 1 1 7652 6 CAP PLUG RUBBER 76B2 7 SHIELD ASSY ESS AIO with 8 9 31C2 8 SHIELD ESS AIO 31C3 9 COVER INNER 31C4 10 130E 93460 SENSOR HUM 71H1 11 12 ...

Страница 618: ...ame AIO 2 4 Illustration MiA05011IA ST1 ST1 ST1 ST1 ST1 ST1 ST1 SM3 SM3 SM3 ST1 ST1 SM3 SM3 SM3 SM2 SM2 SM2 SM2 SM2 SM2 SM3 SM3 SM3 SM3 ST1 ST1 1 3 4 5 8 10 9 11 12 13 14 14 5 J503 2 with 3 5 7 with 8 9 P502 P504 P501 P47 P48 P40 P44 P503 15 16 17 ...

Страница 619: ...6 7 054K 45130 SCC DUCT FAN ASSY AIO with 8 9 REP 8 8 REP 99 1 1 3301 8 FAN 33B1 9 DUCT FAN AIO 31D6 10 SHIELD HARNESS LVPS 31D7 11 GUIDE HARNESS LVPS 31D8 12 105K 24430 SCC PWBA LVPS 110V REP 8 9 REP 99 1 1 7310 105K 24440 SCC PWBA LVPS 220V REP 8 9 REP 99 1 1 7310 13 CHASSIS LVPS 31D9 14 CLAMP RLWT 2V0 31DB 15 PLATE EARTH DRUM 31DC 16 PLATE EARTH FSR 31DD 17 103E 42980 SCC ARRESTER ENE112D 10A R...

Страница 620: ... PL 8 3 Electrical Frame AIO 3 4 Illustration MiA05012IA SM5 SM2 SM2 SM2 SM2 SM2 SM2 SM2 SM2 SM2 P101 J48 P144 1 6 7 2 3 3 4 5 2 8 P11 P42 P22 P21 P24 P26 P10 P23 P28 P15 P14 P17 P29 P16 P20 P31 P19 P18 P41 P40 P27 Not in used ...

Страница 621: ...NG SADDLE 31E2 3 CLAMP MST 10V0 31E3 4 960K 32640 PWBA EEPROM XPRO 71J1 5 SUPPORT PWB 31E4 6 960K 56351 PWBA MCU 7210 7 110K 16500 SCC SWITCH ASSY INLET MG AIO AC INLET MAIN SW J48 110V REP 8 11 REP 99 1 1 7121 110K 16510 SCC SWITCH ASSY INLET MG AIO AC INLET MAIN SW J48 220V REP 8 11 REP 99 1 1 7121 8 POWER CORD 7122 ...

Страница 622: ...er 5 Parts List PL 8 4 Electrical Frame AIO 4 4 Illustration MiA05013IA ST1 ST1 ST1 ST1 ST1 ST1 ST1 ST1 ST1 ST1 ST1 ST1 ST1 SM3 SM3 SM3 ST1 ST1 ST1 ST1 SM2 Ref PL3 1 98 1 9 10 11 3 4 4 5 6 8 7 4 4 4 4 4 3 3 3 12 ...

Страница 623: ...t ITEM PARTS No DESCRIPTION A C 1 FRAME ASSY AIO 31F1 2 3 CLAMP MST 10V0 31F2 4 CLAMP RLWT 2V0 31F3 5 GUIDE HARNESS USB 31F4 6 BUSHING EDGE 31F5 7 HOLDER FFC 31F6 8 COVER FFC 31F7 9 EDGING SADDLE 31F8 10 CHASSIS ASSY HVPS 31F9 11 CHASSIS INLET 31FB 12 CLAMP 31FC ...

Страница 624: ...1 J21 J211 J40 J42 J403 J14 J141 J15 J501 J502 J504 J802 P5301 P5041 P422 J22 J26 J221 J261 P262 J144 J11 J2002 J16 J161 Ref PL8 3 6 Ref PL8 2 12 P11 P42 P22 P21 P24 P26 P502 P504 P501 P10 P23 P28 P15 P14 P17 P29 P16 P20 P31 P19 P18 P101 P47 P48 P40 P44 P503 P41 P40 P27 Not in used 8 6 J20 J201 ...

Страница 625: ... 99 1 1 71K3 4 5 962K 65240 SCC HARN ASSY HVPS AIO J16 J161 REP 99 1 1 71K5 6 962K 87410 HARNESS ASSY HUM J20 J201 71K6 7 962K 87470 SCC HARNESS ASSY MAIN MOT MG AIO J21 J211 REP 99 1 1 71K7 8 962K 87490 SCC HARNESS ASSY SUB MOT MG AIO J22 J221 REP 99 1 1 71K8 9 HARNESS ASSY KSNR REGCL MG AIO J26 J261 P262 71K9 10 962K 87570 HARNESS ASSY ESS PER MG AIO J40 J802 71KB 11 962K 52000 HARN ASSY PHD XPR...

Страница 626: ...0 Chapter 5 Parts List PL10 1 Scanner Assy Illustration MiA05015IA SM2 SM2 SM2 SM2 SM2 SM2 ST1 10 9 1 with 2 3 11 J1003 P1001 J1002 J1301 J2 JADF1 14 with 15 16 3 with 4 10 17 13 12 11 15 16 2 5 6 7 4 8 17 ...

Страница 627: ... ADF 22B1 5 059K 61851 ROLL ASSY FEED 2222 6 019K 10390 PAD ASSY SEPARATOR 2223 7 COVER ASSY REAR ADF 22B2 8 050K 63721 TRAY ASSY 22B3 9 COUNTER BALANCE L 2271 10 COUNTER BALANCE R 2271 11 062K 23310 IIT ASSY SUB 11B1 12 121E 22020 CORE FERR FFC 22B4 13 962K 83781 HARNESS ASSY FRONT USB J2 J1301 76B1 14 BRACKET ASSY USB with 15 16 76B2 15 PWB ASSY FRONT USB 76B3 16 960K 43081 BRACKET FRONT USB 76B...

Страница 628: ... 1 Duplex Option 1 2 Illustration MiA05016IA ST1 ST1 J601 J272 1 with 2 16 PL11 2 Ref PL11 2 2 5 8 9 11 12 12 6 3 3 4 4 3 3 4 4 8 9 8 9 13 14 15 16 8 9 P601 P602 P605 P603 P604 Not in used 10 7 98 with 2 3 4pcs 4 4pcs 99 with 13 14 ...

Страница 629: ... DUP 52B4 6 LATCH DUP 52B5 7 FOLLOWER LATCH DUP 52B6 8 HOLDER CHUTE DUP 52B7 9 SPRING CHUTE DUP 52B8 10 HOLDER HARNESS DUP 52B9 11 COVER CONNECT DUP 52BB 12 SPRING CONNECT DUP 52BC 13 HOLDER CONNECT DUP 52BD 14 HARNESS ASSY DUP STD MG AIO J271 J601 71M1 15 COVER PWBA DUP 52BE 16 960K 43081 SCC PWBA DUP REP 99 1 1 5261 98 604K 51850 KIT CHUTE DUP IN with 2 3x4pcs 4x4pcs 52BF 99 604K 51860 KIT HARNE...

Страница 630: ...5 34 Chapter 5 Parts List PL11 2 Duplex Option 2 2 Illustration MiA05017IA ST1 ST1 ST1 ST1 ST1 ST1 J604 J602 J603 1 2 3 10 5 6 7 8 6 7 9 7 9 7 99 with 6x2pcs 7x4pcs 9x2pcs ...

Страница 631: ...T 52C1 2 007K 14880 SCC DRIVE ASSY EXIT REP 99 1 1 52C2 3 COVER DRIVE DUP 52C3 4 5 007K 14870 SCC DRIVE ASSY DUP REP 99 1 1 5250 6 GEAR ROLL DUP 52C4 7 BEARING DUP 52C5 8 PLATE EARTH PWBA 52C6 9 ROLLER ASSY DUP 52C7 10 CHUTE DUP FRAME 52C8 99 604K 51870 KIT ROLLER ASSY DUP with 6x2pcs 7x4pcs 9x2pcs 52C9 ...

Страница 632: ...5 36 Chapter 5 Parts List PL12 1 250 Feeder Option 1 5 Illustration MiA05018IA ST1 ST1 ST1 ST1 ST1 ST1 ST1 ST1 Ref PL12 5 1 Ref PL12 2 4 5 6 7 2 2 3 with 4 7 9 PL12 2 12 4 1 with 2 3 PL12 5 1 9 ...

Страница 633: ...IO with 2 3 PL12 5 1 58AA 2 SCREW JOINT 58B1 3 FEEDER ASSY OPT MG AIO with 4 7 9 PL12 2 12 4 5830 4 848E 61350 SCC COVER SIDE L OPT AIO REP 99 1 1 58B2 5 848E 25450 COVER CHUTE 58B3 6 848E 61370 SCC COVER REAR OPT AIO REP 99 1 1 58B4 7 848E 61360 SCC COVER SIDE R OPT AIO REP 99 1 1 58B5 8 9 848E 61340 COVER FRONT OPT AIO 58B6 ...

Страница 634: ...05019IA ST1 ST1 ST1 ST1 ST1 ST1 ST1 ST1 ST1 ST1 SM3 SM3 SM2 SM2 SM2 SM3 ST1 ST1 E2 E2 E2 E2 E2 ST1 10 with 11 12 11 9 8 12 13 14 15 23 21 22 24 25 27 26 26 1 2 20 16 17 18 19 6 J4211 P4211 P4201 J4212 J4202 J4201 J4221 J422 P422 P421 P420 P419 J421 J420 P4221 99 with 21 27 ...

Страница 635: ...GEAR FEED IN Same as PL3 1 17 58C5 13 LEVER FEED Same as PL3 1 13 58C6 14 SPRING LEVER Same as PL3 1 12 58C7 15 SOLENOID FEED MSI Same as PL3 1 11 58C8 16 127K 58320 SCC MOTOR ASSY SUB REP 99 1 1 5841 17 807E 24010 GEAR IDLE 40Z 58C9 18 807E 24000 GEAR IDLE 86 20Z 58CB 19 PLATE ASSY IDLE 1 58CC 20 962K 68810 HARNESS ASSY TRAY COMP J420 J421 P4201 J4202 P4211 J4212 71N2 21 COVER HARNESS CL 58CD 22 ...

Страница 636: ...eder Option 3 5 Illustration MiA05020IA ST1 ST1 ST1 E2 ST1 ST1 ST1 ST1 ST1 ST1 ST1 ST1 ST1 ST1 SM2 SM2 ST1 ST1 ST1 ST1 ST1 ST1 ST1 ST1 ST1 ST1 ST1 ST1 ST1 ST1 ST1 J419 J273 23 24 22 25 2 7 7 8 9 10 13 14 15 16 17 18 Ref PL12 4 1 19 21 1 1 11 ...

Страница 637: ...R BOTTOM M 58D6 11 PLATE FRONT BOTTOM 58D7 12 13 CHASSIS FDR L OPT 58D8 14 PLATE EARTH FRONT BOTTOM 58D9 15 BRACKET SUP REGI 58DB 16 BEARING REGI Same as PL3 1 2 58DC 17 PLATE EARTH REAR BOTTOM 58DD 18 PLATE EARTH REAR TOP 58DE 19 848E 21900 COVER HARNESS DRAWER 58DF 20 21 STOPPER CST Same as PL3 1 10 58DG 22 BEARING Same as PL3 1 9 58DH 23 962K 68800 HARNESS ASSY TRAY J273 J419 71P1 24 BRACKET CH...

Страница 638: ...on 4 5 Illustration MiA05021IA 27 E2 ST2 E2 E1 E2 E2 3 2 4 3 5 1 with 2 13 16 20 27 29 33 6 7 8 9 10 33 13 31 13 21 22 23 24 26 25 20 29 30 P4200 P4212 CST2 NO PAPER SENSOR PAPER PATH SENSOR 11 12 98 with 11 12 16 17 18 19 32 with 17 19 99 with 16 32 ...

Страница 639: ... 930W 00113 SENSOR PHOTO Same as PL3 2 13 58EC 14 15 16 SPRING STP Same as PL3 2 16 58ED 17 STOPPER ACT Same as PL3 2 17 58EE 18 SPRING ACT NP Same as PL3 2 18 58EF 19 ACTUATOR NO PAPER Same as PL3 2 19 58EG 20 BEARING M EARTH Same as PL3 2 20 58EH 21 BEARING EARTH REGI Same as PL3 2 21 58EJ 22 GEAR REGI R Same as PL3 2 22 58EK 23 GEAR REGI M Same as PL3 2 23 58EL 24 SPRING REGI R M 58EM 25 PLATE ...

Страница 640: ...4 Chapter 5 Parts List PL12 5 250 Feeder Option 5 5 Illustration MiA05022IA 3 4 5 6 7 16 18 8 19 15 16 14 1 with 19 21 99 with 6 8 2 with 22 24 21 with 2 8 14 18 25 27 24 22 23 27 26 25 17 28 with 17 25 27 ...

Страница 641: ...me as PL2 1 15 58F9 16 809E 72211 SPRING LATCH B Same as PL2 1 16 58FB 17 050K 61170 TRAY ASSY EXTENSION Same as PL2 1 17 58FC 18 HOUSING CASSETTE 250 Same as PL2 1 18 58FD 19 003K 87540 HANDLE ASSY CST OPT MG AIO 58FE 20 21 TRAY ASSY CST 250 AIO with 2 8 14 18 25 27 Same as PL2 1 21 58FF 22 032E 26410 GUIDE BOTTOM L Same as PL2 1 22 58FG 23 032E 26420 GUIDE BOTTOM R Same as PL2 1 23 58FH 24 019K ...

Страница 642: ...5 46 Chapter 5 Parts List Blank Page ...

Страница 643: ...Chapter 6 General ...

Страница 644: ......

Страница 645: ...ent System 6 7 6 1 4 4 Fixing System 6 7 6 1 4 5 Resolution 6 7 6 1 4 6 Operation Mode 6 7 6 1 4 7 Warm up Time 6 8 6 1 4 8 FPOT First Print Output Time 6 8 6 1 4 9 Input Properties 6 8 6 1 4 10 Output Properties 6 9 6 1 4 11 Paper 6 10 6 1 5 Operating Environment 6 11 6 1 5 1 Installation Temperature Humidity 6 11 6 1 5 2 Installation Altitude 6 11 6 1 5 3 Installation Horizontality 6 11 6 1 5 4 ...

Страница 646: ... Service Consumable 6 32 6 2 2 Consumables 6 32 6 2 2 1 Items of Consumables 6 32 6 2 2 2 Consumable Life 6 32 6 2 2 3 Periodic Replacing Parts Reference 6 32 6 3 Service Data 6 34 6 3 1 NVM Access 6 34 6 3 1 1 NVM List 6 35 6 3 2 System Data 6 51 6 4 Service Mode 6 61 6 4 1 peration of Diag 6 61 6 4 1 1 Purpose of This Software 6 61 6 4 1 2 Operating Methods 6 61 6 4 2 Configuration 6 62 6 4 3 Ho...

Страница 647: ...ions depending on the destination print engine main unit SSF and 250 feeder unit as the standard paper feeding consumables CRU 6 1 1 3 Functional Configuration Functional configuration of this printer is shown below Product Name Country Product Code XJ code DocuPrint CM305 df 110V Taiwan TL300617 WCN 220V AP TL300616 WCP 220V China TL300615 WCR MiA08001GA Mnt08002KA ...

Страница 648: ...VAC 10 198 264V frequency 50 60Hz 3Hz current capacity 5A or less 6 1 2 2 Power Consumption Power consumption in each operation mode at rated voltage input Measurement is performed with rated input in room temperature environment 6 1 2 3 Rush Current When the power switch is turned on the inrush current shall be maximum 120A 10ms half cycle or less Operation mode Average Wh h Running mode Ave 425 ...

Страница 649: ...50 Feeder Option 6 1 3 3 Dimensions Mass of Consumables and CRUs 1 PHD Unit Width 332mm Depth 138mm Height 196mm Mass 3 37kg Reference The PHD Unit has CRUM CRU memory to record information Model Width mm Depth mm Height mm Mass kg AIO N Model 430 544 2 1 584 4 28 4 2 AIO DN Model 29 6 2 Width mm Depth mm Height mm Mass kg 419 2 518 106 4 5 MiA08003GA MiA08013GA Wsb08006KA ...

Страница 650: ...artridge has CRUM CRU memory to record information 4 Magenta toner cartridge Width 185 8mm Depth 63mm Height 40 5mm Mass 0 1K kg Reference The Magenta toner cartridge has CRUM CRU memory to record information 5 Cyan toner cartridge Width 185 8mm Depth 63mm Height 40 5mm Mass 0 1K kg Reference The Cyan toner cartridge has CRUM CRU memory to record information 6 FUSING UNIT Unit Width 393mm Depth 12...

Страница 651: ...Installation Space min installation space Minimum space as shown below is required to install the printer when it is used for normal objects Space occupied by the operator is not included Top view 250mm 600mm 100mm 100mm MiA08007GA ...

Страница 652: ...6 6 Chapter 6 General Front view Side view 320mm 250mm 100mm MiA08008GA MiA08009GA 600mm Front Cover 320mm 100mm ...

Страница 653: ...tion etc Proceeding from power ON low power mode or sleep mode to standby mode will take place after going through a warm up stage Running mode Printing State in running or recording operation Fixing system Held at operating temperature Exposure system Operating status Recording system Operating status Running mode Scanning Exposure system Operating status Ready mode Ready state Fixing system Held...

Страница 654: ...nce that the controller does not have IOT wait The printer is in the standby mode ROS MOTOR OFF FUSING UNIT READY Paper is A4 SEF Document on the platen glass or the ADF Except when process control is operating 1 1 Process controller operation is process controls such as TC control electric potential control cleaning cycle registration control and so on Sometimes the engine stops feeding papers fo...

Страница 655: ...ystem Paper can be delivered by the following method FACE DOWN delivery 2 Paper delivery capacity FACE DOWN delivery 150 sheets Letter A4 standard paper 3 Delivery paper size mass FACE DOWN delivery All paper sizes applicable to this printer 4 Full stack detection non ...

Страница 656: ...e specification but the print image quality is out of the specification Special paper Special paper except for plain paper Reliability and operability are the applicable range of specifications but the print image quality is out of the applicable range of specifications 2 Paper mass Paper feed from paper tray 60 to 216 gsm 16 lb to 80 lb 3 Paper size Paper size which can be set to each paper pick ...

Страница 657: ...ble level difference of 5 mm or less in longitudinal direction and 10 mm or less in lateral direction 6 1 5 4 Ambient Lighting 3000 Lux or less without direct sun beams 6 1 5 5 Storage Temperature of a Toner Cartridge The guaranteed period of the print cartridge before unpacked is as follows Normal conditions 12 months under 0 to 35 C 15 to 80 RH Harsh conditions Up to 48 hours Max under 20 to 0 C...

Страница 658: ...FDA21CFR Chapter 1 Subchapter J Section 1010 1040 220V system IEC60825 1 Amendment 1 Amendment 2 EN60825 1 Amendment 1 Amendment 2 Class 1 Laser Product 6 1 6 3 EMI 110V system US FCC Part 15 Subpart B Class B 220V system EC EN55022 2006 Class B 6 1 6 4 Noise Noise of priting is as follows Mode Sound Power Level B LWA LWAD Running Color 6 49 6 79 B W 6 41 6 71 Standby Color 4 0 4 3 B W 4 0 4 3 ...

Страница 659: ... is performed with the maximum size of each standard paper Fuji Xerox C2 paper Color print Fuji Xerox P paper B W print 3 Paper condition The paper used is fresh paper immediately after unpacked which has been left in the operating environment for 12 hours before unpacking 4 Printer condition The print image quality specified in this section is guaranteed with the printer in normal condition 5 Ima...

Страница 660: ...6 14 Chapter 6 General Chart Parallelism Perpendicularity ...

Страница 661: ...6 15 Chapter 6 General Skew Linearity Magnification Error Registration ...

Страница 662: ...6 16 Chapter 6 General Guaranteed Printing Area Rio01001KA 4 1mm 4 1mm 4 1mm 4 1mm 355 6mm 14inch 215 9mm 8 5inch 351 5mm 211 8mm Guaranteed printing area ...

Страница 663: ...6 17 Chapter 6 General 6 1 8 Option Users can install the following unit Option 250 Sheet Feeder Expansion memory 512MB ...

Страница 664: ...00 XP Server2003 Vista Server2008 7 Server2008 R2 LPD TCP IP 1 Windows 2000 XP Server2003 Vista Server2008 7 Server2008 R2 Mac OS X Linux IPP TCP IP 5 Windows XP Server2003 Mac OS X 10 3 SMB TCP IP 5 Windows 2000 XP Server2003 Vista Server2008 7 WSD TCP IP 2 Windows Vista Server2008 7 Server2008 R2 Protocol Transport Support HTTP HTTPS TCP IP EWS SMTP TCP IP E Mail Alert SNMP UDP IP Driver Install...

Страница 665: ... Server 2003 Vista Server 2008 7 Server2008 R2 HBPL USB R Ethernet SupportOS Windows 2000 XPVista Server2008 7 Server2008 R2 PostScript FX PDF USB R Ethernet SupportOS Mac OS X 10 4 10 5 10 6 Linux Windows 2000 XP Vista Server2008 7 Server2008 R2 USB F Ver1 6 USB R Ethernet USB R Network TIFF JPEG XPS USB R Ethernet Type Font Name TrueType ITC Zapf Dingbats Arial Arial Bold Arial Italic Arial Bold...

Страница 666: ...ed until the same password user name and document name are specified at the printer UI The user can select whether the data is cleared or not after being printed The data remains in the printer as long as it is not cleared The data on the memory is cleared when the printer is turned off The user can omit entering a password This is called Store Print 6 Proof Print When memory is expanded 512MB or ...

Страница 667: ...l operation Jam error log includes the following information PV counter when jam has occurred Name of Jam Fatal error log includes the following information PV counter when error has occurred Error code 3 Billing Count NOTE The same data is stored in two or more addresses in one IC Datacheck checksum etc is conducted NOTE When ESS is replaced IC can be transferred IC is mounted on socket 6 1 9 6 I...

Страница 668: ... List This list shows PCL Macros Manual print List is printed by instructing from the operator panel EWS or ToolBox Auto print Not supported 3 Job History Report This report shows Job History Manual print Report is printed by instructing from the operator panel EWS or ToolBox Auto print Not supported 4 Error History Report This report shows Error History Manual print Report is printed by instructi...

Страница 669: ...ses is reported Manual print Address Book is printed by instructing from the operator panel EWS or ToolBox Auto print Not supported 13 Stored Document List This report shows information such as accepted time sender receiver contents of document docu ment size and the number of pages for each of incomplete jobs and stored jobs per document No in a table format 14 Broadcast Report This report shows ...

Страница 670: ...ws a protocol status of the latest communication Manual print Report is printed by panel operation Print at error Report is printed when an error has occurred Auto print Report is printed automatically after communication is complete User can select Auto print Print at error Manual print 18 PDF Font Report This list shows PDF Fonts Manual print List is printed by instructing from the operator pane...

Страница 671: ...ult panel display language Network Firmware version MAC address Ethernet Setting TCP IP LPD Port9100 SNMP E Mail Alert EWS IP Filter Print Volume Print volume for each paper size 2 Panel Settings List Print Panel Settings List can be printed by the user s request Panel Settings List is printed in B W on A4 size paper Letter size paper for the US in the automati cally selected paper tray 3 Font Lis...

Страница 672: ...or History Report can be printed according to the user s request Error History Report in B W on A4 size Letter size for the US in the automatically selected paper tray System Fail History Date Time Chain Link Paper Jam History Date Time Paper Jam Type ...

Страница 673: ...ing 2 Optical Resolution 1200 x 1200 dots 25 4mm max 3 Light Source LED 4 Maximum Scanning Guarantee Area Platen 215 9 mm x 297 mm ADF 215 9 mm x 355 6 mm 5 Scanning Halftone Level Output from the CCD has the following halftone level B W 16bit Color 16bit x 3ch R G B 6 1 10 2 Platen 1 Platen Glass Size 221mm x 300mm Flat glass area 2 Document Image Area Scanning area is as follows Platen mode Max ...

Страница 674: ... 125g m2 3 Auto Document Size Detection None 4 Document Feed System FRPF Friction Retard Pad Feeder Top sheet feeding 5 ADF Half Open Full Open Angles Full open 70 5 degrees Half open 12 5 degrees to 65 5 degrees Self closing 12 5 degrees or less 6 Document Registration ADF Mode Center Registration 7 Capacity 35 sheets Plain Paper ...

Страница 675: ... W 1bit JBIG MMR MR MH encoding Color Not supported 5 Communication Control Procedure The procedure complies with ITU T Recommendation T 30 6 Transmission Time The time TP to transmit image data in G3 communication is defined in the table below Resolution is not converted during transmission and density is normal 1 Reference Chart 14 4Kbps MMR 28 8Kbps MMR 33 6Kbps JBIG 1 IIEEJ No 4 Super Fine 56 ...

Страница 676: ...g formula Sending time Setup time Tm N X Tp N 1 X Tn Tu sec N Send quantity TP Image transmission time Mode Before messages Tm Between messages Tn After messages Tu Total Standard protocol 16 4 sec or less 3 2 sec or less 4 4 sec or less 24 0 sec or less Mode Before messages Tm Between messages Tn After messages Tu Total Standard protocol 9 9 sec or less 1 0 sec or less 0 9 sec or less 11 8 sec or...

Страница 677: ...nd cable loss during communication are as follows Error rate Error frequency Total communication quantity 1 500 6 1 11 4 Incoming Call Level Under ideal conditions flat line no noise and no other line stress the normal communication in the range of 3 dBm to 43 dBm shall be guaranteed As for V 17 V 29 and V 27 ter the highest speed shall be guaranteed in the range of 6 dBm to 43 dBm For V 34 the co...

Страница 678: ...t unit Black toner cartridge has CRUM CRU memory to record information Yellow toner cartridge Cartridge to supply yellow toner to the development unit Yellow toner cartridge has CRUM CRU memory to record information Magenta toner cartridge Cartridge to supply magenta toner to the development unit Magenta toner cartridge has CRUM CRU memory to record information Cyan toner cartridge Cartridge to su...

Страница 679: ...3 Chapter 6 General Feed Roller PHD Fusing Unit Black toner cartridge Separator Roller Cyan toner cartridge Magenta toner cartridge Yellow toner cartridge MiA08010GA Feed Roller Separator Roller MiA08011GA ...

Страница 680: ...rinting NVM data To print data saved in the Controller 1 Select the menu shown at left and press the Set key 2 The LCD displays what is shown at left Pressing the left right arrow allows moving the cursor to the left right Pressing the up down arrow allows changing the value the cursor points to Changing the value at Address Area Ad allows reading and displaying data on the right side of the equal...

Страница 681: ...Adjustment value for Side Regi K to C 0 255 00 0 100A Side Regi adjustment value at MSI Feed 0 255 00 0 100B Side Regi adjustment value at TRAY1 Feed 0 255 00 0 100C Side Regi adjustment value at TRAY2 Feed 0 255 00 0 100D Side Regi adjustment value at TRAY3 Feed 0 255 00 0 100E Side Regi adjustment value at Duplex 0 255 00 0 1010 Adjustment value for Side Regi K to M 1 4dot 0 255 00 0 1011 Adjust...

Страница 682: ...eed1 Recycled 0 255 C 00 0 110E FUSER Temperature Correction Value Speed1 Custom1 0 255 C 00 0 110F FUSER Temperature Correction Value Speed1 Custom2 0 255 C 00 0 1110 FUSER Temperature Correction Value Speed2 PlainPaper L 0 255 C 00 0 1111 FUSER Temperature Correction Value Speed2 PlainPaper H 0 255 C 00 0 1112 FUSER Temperature Correction Value Speed2 CotedPaper L 0 255 C 00 0 1113 FUSER Tempera...

Страница 683: ...ection Value Speed3 Custom1 0 255 C 00 0 112F FUSER Temperature Correction Value Speed3 Custom2 0 255 C 00 0 1132 Simp Speed1 Transfer Voltage Correction Value PlainPaper L 0 255 00 0 1133 Simp Speed1 Transfer Voltage Correction Value PlainPaper H 0 255 00 0 1134 Simp Speed1 Transfer Voltage Correction Value CotedPaper L 0 255 00 0 1135 Simp Speed1 Transfer Voltage Correction Value CotedPaper M 0 ...

Страница 684: ...e Custom1 0 255 00 0 1151 Simp Speed2 Transfer Voltage Correction Value Custom2 0 255 00 0 1152 Simp Speed3 Transfer Voltage Correction Value PlainPaper L 0 255 00 0 1153 Simp Speed3 Transfer Voltage Correction Value PlainPaper H 0 255 00 0 1154 Simp Speed3 Transfer Voltage Correction Value CotedPaper L 0 255 00 0 1155 Simp Speed3 Transfer Voltage Correction Value CotedPaper M 0 255 00 0 1156 Simp...

Страница 685: ...ue Custom1 0 255 00 0 1171 Dup Speed1 Transfer Voltage Correction Value Custom2 0 255 00 0 1172 Dup Speed2 Transfer Voltage Correction Value PlainPaper L 0 255 00 0 1173 Dup Speed2 Transfer Voltage Correction Value PlainPaper H 0 255 00 0 1174 Dup Speed2 Transfer Voltage Correction Value CotedPaper L 0 255 00 0 1175 Dup Speed2 Transfer Voltage Correction Value CotedPaper M 0 255 00 0 1176 Dup Spee...

Страница 686: ...nsfer Voltage Correction Value Custom1 0 255 00 0 1191 Dup Speed3 Transfer Voltage Correction Value Custom2 0 255 00 0 1192 ROS Time Out sec 0 30 sec 05 5 1193 FUSER Time Out Min 0 120 min 3C 60 11A6 High Altitude Offset Value Trans 0 0 255 00 0 11A7 High Altitude Offset Value Trans 1 0 255 00 0 11A8 High Altitude Offset Value Trans 2 0 255 00 0 11A9 High Altitude Offset Value Trans 3 0 255 00 0 1...

Страница 687: ...in steps of 0 2mm SSI Label H 0 255 0 2mm E1 225 1634 Lead Regi Adjustment Qty by media in steps of 0 2mm SSI Thicker 0 255 0 2mm E5 229 1635 Lead Regi Adjustment Qty by media in steps of 0 2mm SSI Recycled 0 255 0 2mm E6 230 1636 Lead Regi Adjustment Qty by media in steps of 0 2mm SSI Custom1 0 255 0 2mm ED 237 1637 Lead Regi Adjustment Qty by media in steps of 0 2mm SSI Custom2 0 255 0 2mm ED 23...

Страница 688: ...or FC Near Empty Empty 0 255 PV 19 25 168F Intervals of PV at which to execute JobEndProCon for BW Normal New 0 255 PV 1E 30 1690 Intervals of PV at which to execute JobEndProCon for BW Warning 0 255 PV 1E 30 1691 Intervals of PV at which to execute JobEndProCon for BW Near Empty Empty 0 255 PV 1E 30 1692 Intervals of PV at which to execute Forced ProCon for FC Normal New 0 255 PV 32 50 1693 Inter...

Страница 689: ...C TC Control Target Value K 0 1023 00 164 16DD A4 16DE SAD Setting Control Reference Value Y 0 1023 00 185 16DF B9 16E0 SAD Setting Control Reference Value M 0 1023 00 166 16E1 A6 16E2 SAD Setting Control Reference Value C 0 1023 00 154 16E3 9A 16E4 SAD Setting Control Reference Value K 0 1023 00 227 16E5 E3 16E6 SAD Control Target Value Y 0 1023 00 185 16E7 B9 16E8 SAD Control Target Value M 0 10...

Страница 690: ...77215 PV 00 0 17B7 HW Error History the latest Counter High 0 16777215 PV 00 0 17B8 HW Error History the latest Counter Middle 0 16777215 PV 00 0 17B9 HW Error History the latest Counter Low 0 16777215 PV 00 0 17BA Environment Temp Sensor Error details 0 255 00 0 17BC Firmware Error details 2 errors back Details 0 255 00 0 17BD Firmware Error details 2 errors back Address H 0 255 00 0 17BE Firmwar...

Страница 691: ...5 sheet 00 0 17DB Exit Jam Qty High sheet 00 0 17DC Exit Jam Qty Middle sheet 00 0 17DD Exit Jam Qty Low sheet 00 0 17DE HW Error2 History 5 errors back 1st 0 255 00 0 17DF HW Error2 History 4 errors back 2nd 0 255 00 0 17E0 HW Error2 History 3 errors back 3rd 0 255 00 0 17E1 HW Error2 History 2 errors back 2 errors back 0 255 00 0 17E2 HW Error2 History the error before the latest one the error b...

Страница 692: ...h 00 0 1048 FUSER Unit Life Counter sheet Middle 00 0 1049 FUSER Unit Life Counter sheet Low 00 0 104A FUSER Unit Pre Warning Threshold dummy 0 16777215 PV 00 45000 104B FUSER UNIT Unit Pre Warning Threshold High 00 104C FUSER UNIT Unit Pre Warning Threshold Middle AF 104D FUSER UNIT Unit Pre Warning Threshold Low C8 104E FUSER UNIT Unit Warning Threshold dummy 0 16777215 PV 00 50000 104F FUSER UN...

Страница 693: ...2F 1081 DTB Round Time cycle qty Warning Threshold Low AA 1082 DTB Round Time cycle qty Limit Threshold dummy 0 16777215 cycle 00 16777215 1083 DTB Round Time cycle qty Limit Threshold High FF 1084 DTB Round Time cycle qty Limit Threshold Middle FF 1085 DTB Round Time cycle qty Limit Threshold Low FF 1086 DTB Life Waste Toner Counter dummy 0 16777215 00 0 1087 DTB Life Waste Toner Counter High 00 ...

Страница 694: ...Jam Counter Related to Waste Low 00 0 10A2 Total Dispense Time Y Counter dummy 0 16777215 disp time 00 0 10A3 Total Dispense Time Y Counter High 00 0 10A4 Total Dispense Time Y Counter Middle 00 0 10A5 Total Dispense Time Y Counter Low 00 0 10A6 Total Dispense Time M Counter dummy 0 16777215 disp time 00 0 10A7 Total Dispense Time M Counter High 00 0 10A8 Total Dispense Time M Counter Middle 00 0 ...

Страница 695: ... User Mode and Upper Limit 105mm sec can be set in a range of 0 to 130 00h to 82h C 0 255 14 20 1738 Fixed Vtr1 Table Simplex 0 Vtr1 0 255 00 0 1739 Fixed Vtr1 Table Simplex 0 0 255 00 0 173A Fixed Vtr1 Table Simplex 1 Vtr1 0 255 00 0 173B Fixed Vtr1 Table Simplex 1 0 255 00 0 173C Fixed Vtr1 Table Simplex 2 Vtr1 0 255 00 0 173D Fixed Vtr1 Table Simplex 2 0 255 00 0 173E Fixed Vtr1 Table Simplex 3...

Страница 696: ...00 0 1753 Fixed Vtr1 Table Duplex 4 0 255 00 0 1754 Fixed Vtr1 Table Duplex 5 Vtr1 0 255 00 0 1755 Fixed Vtr1 Table Duplex 5 0 255 00 0 1756 Fixed Vtr1 Table Duplex 6 Vtr1 0 255 00 0 1757 Fixed Vtr1 Table Duplex 6 0 255 00 0 1758 Fixed Vtr1 Table Duplex 7 Vtr1 0 255 00 0 1759 Fixed Vtr1 Table Duplex 7 0 255 00 0 175A Fixed Vtr1 Table Duplex 8 Vtr1 0 255 00 0 175B Fixed Vtr1 Table Duplex 8 0 255 00...

Страница 697: ...x00 Normal 0x01 400 300 200 100 0x02 R16x15 4 R8x15 4 R 8x7 7 R8x3 85 0x04 R8x15 4 R8x7 7 RR 8x3 85 0x08 300 200 100 0x10 200 100 0x20 R8x7 7 R8x3 85 0x40 100 0x80 R8x3 85 0x00 CE 820 001 Dial Type DIALLING_TYPE 0 PB 1 DP10 2 DP20 0 USER 821 101 Operation Mode SYS_MACHINE_MODE 0 normal mode 1 maintenance mode 0 The output of monitor sounds from the speaker at FAX communication requires selection o...

Страница 698: ...C operates using 10PPS even if 20PPS is selected in DIAL_TYPE CE 825 014 Auto Receive Switching Mode AUTO_ANSWER_SELECT 0 Tel only 1 FAX only 2 TEL FAX 3 ANS FAX 4 DRPD 1 USER 825 015 CNG Detection Time CNG_DETECT_TIME 0 255 0s 25 5s 165 CE 825 016 External Telephone Access Time Time during which the speaker keeps ringing if CNG cannot be detected after call in AUTO_ANSWER_TIME 0 255 0s 255s 21 CE...

Страница 699: ..._OF_REDIAL 0 9 0 to 9 3 Re call out this system data specified number of times when any of the conditions is met Busy Tone Detection Prohibited Over with no response from the other party Busy Tone Detection Permitted Over by detecting busy tone USER 825 033 Max Redial Quantity NUMBER_OF_REDIAL_MAX 0 255 0 to 255 14 CE 825 034 Redial Interval INTERVAL_OF_REDIAL 1 15 1min 15min 1 USER 825 035 FAX Co...

Страница 700: ...1 106 1ms 106ms 1ms step 67 CE 825 069 20PPS Make Time MAKE_20PPS 1 106 1ms 106ms 1ms step 16 CE 825 070 20PPS Break Time BREAK_20PPS 1 106 1ms 106ms 1ms step 34 CE 825 071 DP Interdigit Pause Time DP_INTERDIGIT 0 255 0ms 5110ms 20ms step 36 CE 825 072 4 0 1 Pause Time PAUSE_TIME 0 255 0ms 25500ms 100ms step 40 Pause Time When pause is pressed allow this system data specified time before dialing t...

Страница 701: ...DTMF1 0 9 0 USER 825 098 Remote Receive DTMF No 2 REMOTE_RCV_DTMF2 0 9 0 USER 825 099 Ring ON Judge Time RING_ON_JUDGE 0 255 1ms step 155 CE 825 100 Ring OFF Judge Time RING_OFF_JUDGE 0 255 10ms step 120 CE 825 101 Time before deciding Ring is no longer on the line RING_OFFMAX 0 255 100ms step 55 CE 825 102 PrefixDial PREFIX_MODE 0 Not add 1 Add 0 USER 825 103 PrefixDial Number1 PREFIX_NUM_1 NULL ...

Страница 702: ...5 619 Image Info Send delayed time ITUT_PIX_DELAY 0 255 0ms 2500ms 50 10ms step CE 825 620 Image Info Receive Dropout monitor timer value G3M_DROP_OUT_TIMER 0 255 0ms 2500ms 100 10ms step CE 825 621 NSF DIS sending time G3M_NSF_DIS_TIME 0 3sec 1 3 45sec 2 2 55sec 3 4 5sec 0 CE 825 622 Communication Mode Speed at send G3M_TX_MODEM_SPEED 0 Fall back from the max capability of remote terminal 1 V27te...

Страница 703: ...638 4800bps EQM Comparative Value G3M_EQM_48 0x00 0x7F 0x0D CE 825 639 7200bps EQM Comparative Value G3M_EQM_72 0x00 0x7F 0x10 CE 825 640 9600bps EQM Comparative Value G3M_EQM_96 0x00 0x7F 0x07 CE 825 641 12000bps EQM Comparative Value G3M_EQM_120 0x00 0x7F 0x1c CE 825 642 14400bps EQM Comparative Value G3M_EQM_144 0x00 0x7F 0x24 CE 825 643 TCM7200bps EQM Comparative Value G3M_EQM_TCM72 0x00 0x7F ...

Страница 704: ...ting CE 825 659 ANSam Signal max sending time ANSAM_SEND_TIME 1 255 0 1s 25 5s 40 100ms step CE 825 660 Time from line connection to ANSam Signal sending out An increase of approx 1 3 sec from a setting value due to modem restrictions ANSAM_START_TIME 22 255 2 2s 25 5s 22 100ms step CE 825 661 Encoding method at send G3M_TX_CODING 0 MH 1 MR 2 MMR 3 JBIG 3 CE 825 662 Encoding method at receive G3M_...

Страница 705: ...etection of an Ext Tel Hook status occurs despite a change of ONHOOK_LVS_THRESH_HI change either EXTEL_HOOK_THRESH_0 or 2 for action At this time decide a voltage change to be used as a threshold using an actual value measured on a defective line CE 825 704 Threshold 2 for detection of External Tel Hook Status EXTEL_HOOK_THRESH_2 0 255V 20 When ONHOOK_LVS_THRESH_HI is 2 this setting is used as Ext...

Страница 706: ...019 Selection of Frame Size at ECM Send ECM_RX_64 0 Disable １ Enable 0 Select a frame size of 64 Bytes CE 950 020 Selection of Frame Size at ECM Receive ECM_TX_64 0 Disable １ Enable 0 Select a frame size of 64 Bytes CE 950 021 Selection of Max Recording Paper Length SELECT_LN 0 No limit 1 A4 2 A4 B4 0 At capacity declaration max length of recording paper allowed to be received can be CE 950 022 CA...

Страница 707: ...his Software This software is mainly intended for the following purposes ESS diagnosis to locate a chip which causes a problem Diagnosing IOT Setting parameters such as registration in the feeding direction 6 4 1 2 Operating Methods This software can be operated via the Control Panel ...

Страница 708: ... problem The mode allows the CE to execute the ESS diagnosis test prints parameter settings FAX Scanner and so on through the control panel Developer Mode This mode is for debugging by developers It intends to be partially used in the production line The mode allows the user to execute the ESS diagnosis test prints parameter settings and so on through the debug terminal The functions are activated...

Страница 709: ...result Selecting a diagnosis item Selecting data at parameter setting Key moves the cursor to the left right OK Determining a diagnosis item Executing a diagnosis Determining a parameter at parameter setting STOP Reseting a diagnosis item Returning to the menu one level higher Terminating each digital input output MiA02001GA LCD STOP OK ...

Страница 710: ... be operated with the control panel keys Arrow keys select menu items and OK key activates functions 6 4 3 5 Change method parameters value For parameter setting pressing OK key after selecting an item from the menu displays the cur rent setting value of the item Then a numeric value selected by and keys are written into the NVM by OK key 6 4 3 6 Executing Exiting Diag mode The diagnosis can be ex...

Страница 711: ...ashROM Test DRAM Test MAC PHY Test ASIC Test Panel Test Engine Test USB Host Test RTC Test Engine Diag Sensor Test Motor Test Print Info Info Page Print Settings Installation Serial No HexDump Print Service FullColor B W Total FullColor Backup B W Backup Total Backup FullColor Error B W Error Tone Correction Pixel Counter Configuration Print Counter Dig NVM Settings Edit NVM SaveNVM to ESS LoadNVM...

Страница 712: ...up Total Backup FullColor Error Color 2 Error B W Error FAX Service Color B W Total Color Backup B W Backup Total Backup Color Error B W Error Scan Service SMB FTP Email SMB FTP Backup Email Backup SMB FTP Error Email Error CopyCounter MtoB CopyCounter BtoM Clear All NVM Clear JobHistory Clear AuditronPV ...

Страница 713: ...ow Scan 600Y Slow Scan 600C Fast Scan KtoM Fast Scan KtoY Fast Scan KtoC Fast Scan M Feed Fast Scan Tray 1 Fast Scan Tray 2 Fast Scan Duplex Fast Scan 2 KtoM Fast Scan 2 KtoY Fast Scan 2 KtoC Life Y Toner Life M Toner Life C Toner Life K Toner Life Fusing Unit Sheet Life Print Sheet Life DTB Waste Life YWasteToner Life MWasteToner Life CWasteToner Life KWasteToner Life IU Y Time Life IU M Time Lif...

Страница 714: ...it Fax Flash W R Test Fax Scanner Diag Board Test All Test Ready SRAM W R Test I F Test Fax Card I F Test AFE Serial I F Test IIT I F Test Fire3 Test Fire3 IJAC Test Fire3 IBIG Test Hook Test Signal Tone Send Relay Signal Test Relay Test Relay Toggle Test Relay Set Test Hook Toggle Test Hook Set Test DTMF Send DTMF Continuous DTMF Individually Dial Pulse Send Ring Back Tone DP10 Individually DP20 ...

Страница 715: ...ne Current V 34 33600bps V 34 31200bps V 34 28800bps V 34 26400bps V 34 24000bps V 34 21600bps V 34 19200bps V 34 16800bps V 34 14400bps V 34 12000bps V 34 9600bps V 34 7200bps V 34 4800bps V 34 2400bps V 29 9600bps V 29 7200bps V 29 4800bps V 27ter 4800bps V 27ter 2400bps V 21 300bps V 17 14400bps V 17 12000bps V 17 9600bps V 17 7200bps ...

Страница 716: ...Lead Regi ADF Side Vertical Scan Mag Mag FB COLOR Mag FB GRAY Mag ADF COLOR Mag ADF GRAY Tet Pattern Pattern No Pt07 Step Cycle Pt08 Step Cycle Coeff ADF RED Coeff ADF GREEN Coeff ADF BLUE Coeff ADF GRAY Target RED Target GREEN Target BLUE Target GRAY IIT I O Check Home Pos Sensor Tray Sensor Feed Sensor ADF Cover Sensor SCAN Counter Clear Counter Clear FB Counter Clear ADF Lamp FB Motor ADF Motor...

Страница 717: ...6 71 Chapter 6 General User Clear System Clear User System Clear System Data Init Document Clear All Clear Backup Data Complete Parameter ...

Страница 718: ...ecutes the Fax Memory RTC Flash W R SRAM W R check The result Check OK or Check NG is shown after Now Checking is displayed Fax Flash W R Test Performs write read verify on the Fax Flash Execute this test when 017 971 017 972 017 973 017 974 117 344 errors occurred SRAM W R Test Performs write read verify on the SRAM Execute this test when 117 311 117 362 117 363 133 254 017 970 033 503 033 787 er...

Страница 719: ...erformed every 1000ms Relay Set A test that connects the relay circuit selectively to the FAX or telephone line Hook Test A test that switches the telephone line between the on hook and off hook states Hook Toggle Test A test that switches the telephone line between the on hook and off hook states at a predetermined cycle Toggle test value can be set in the range of 50 to 9999 and the toggle inter...

Страница 720: ...bers set on the LCD DP20 Individually Checks the 20PPS pulse output for one of the 10 key numbers set on the LCD Ring Back Tone Checks the tone output for the ring back tone Data Send Checks the modem output for each of the transmission rates in compliance with ITU T recommendations Below are the data sending patterns All 0 All 1 0101010101 0000100001 11101110 Line Voltage NOTE The voltage display...

Страница 721: ...etting the image quality may be affected Registration Param Adjusts the side and lead registrations during document scanning Do not change this setting the image quality may be affected Auto Registration Sets whether or not to auto adjust the registration Sensor Parameter Adjusts the Feed sensor output value Vertical Scan Mag Adjusts the scaling in the sub scanning direction Do not change this set...

Страница 722: ...key Entered the Fax Scanner Diag mode 6 Press key to select the Scanner Maintenance and press OK key 7 Press key to select the IIT I O Check 8 Press or key to select the test item and press OK key to execute NOTE To exit the test or to returning to one step higher menu press STOP key Parameters for the IIT I O Check are as follows Sensor name Components Home Pos Sensor Home Position Sensor Tray Se...

Страница 723: ...6 77 Chapter 6 General MiA06201GA Scanner Home Position Sensor FB Motor Exposure Lamp Carriage Assy MiA06202GA ADF Motor PWBA ADF ADF Cover Sensor Feed Sensor Tray Sensor ...

Страница 724: ... the carriage forward by the FB Motor Diag 4 Execute Home Position Sensor 5 Check the sensor Status OFF 6 Press STOP key to return one step higher menu 7 Move the carriage reverse by the FB Motor Diag 8 Execute Home Position Sensor 9 Check the sensor Status ON 10 Press STOP key to stop the test 11 Close the Platen Cover Mnt02051GA Operator Panel Normal Reverse Forward Carriage Assy ...

Страница 725: ...in the ADF Tray 3 Execute Tray Sensor 4 Check the sensor Status ON 5 Press STOP key to return one step higher menu 6 Remove a paper in the ADF Tray 7 Execute Tray Sensor 8 Check the sensor Status OFF 9 Press STOP key to stop the test Sensor name Confirmation Procedures Mnt02052GA Operator Panel Normal ...

Страница 726: ...or 9 Check the sensor Status OFF 10 Press STOP key to stop the test 11 Close the ADF Cover ADF Cover Sensor 1 Turn on the power and enter the FAX Scanner Diag 2 Open the ADF cover 3 Execute ADF Cover Sensor 4 Check the sensor Status ON 5 Press STOP key to return one step higher menu 6 Close the ADF cover 7 Execute ADF Cover Sensor 8 Check the sensor Status OFF 9 Press STOP key to stop the test Sen...

Страница 727: ...ct Set OFF Lamp OFF 5 Press OK key to execute 6 Check the lamp is off 7 Press STOP key to return one step higher menu 8 Execute Lamp again 9 Press or to select Set ON Lamp ON 10 Press OK key to execute 11 Check the lamp is on 12 Press STOP key to stop the test 13 Close the Platen Cover Sensor name Confirmation Procedures Mnt02055GA Lamp ...

Страница 728: ...ss OK key to execute 11 Check the Carriage going reverse 12 Press STOP key to stop the test 13 Close the Platen Cover NOTE The motor stops automatically at the end of platen ADF Motor 1 Turn on the power and enter the FAX Scanner Diag 2 Execute ADF Motor 3 Press or to select Forward 4 Press OK key to execute 5 Check the ADF Motor driving 6 Press STOP key to stop the test NOTE ADF Cover must be clo...

Страница 729: ...ry to be left free when the document data is placed in the transmission queue The value can be set in the range of 0 to 100 The smaller the value the larger the memory capac ity for transmission queue becomes Thresh GC Sets the remaining memory amount in the Flash file system for image data storage that triggers the garbage collection Page Margin 1 mm Valid when the Discard Size setting in Fax Set...

Страница 730: ... for the same destination are placed consecutively in the transmission queue This pause allows the receiving side to make time for processing The value can be set in the range of 1 to 255 When the value is 10 the autodialing pause is 10 sec OnHook LCS Rate Sets the threshold of OFF HOOK detection at LCS The value can be set in the range of 1 to 100 Dial tone TO 1 0s Sets the duration for detecting...

Страница 731: ...ts the communication capability of the Super G3 V34 mode G3M TX Coding Sets the data encoding method for transmission When the encoding method set here is not sup ported by the receiving side the receiving side s method is adopted Below are the encoding meth ods MH MR MMR JBIG G3M RX Cording Sets the data encoding method for reception Below are the encoding methods MH MR MMR JBIG CED V21 When CED ...

Страница 732: ...communication management data and the history Initial izes the system data User System Clear Clears the stored document data the address information the communication management data and the history Initializes the system data System Data Init Initializes the system data Document Clear Clears the stored document data 7 Complete Exits the diagnostics and returns to normal operation taking the chang...

Страница 733: ...wer EEPROM Test Performs write read verify on the diag area of the EEPROM Execute this test when the 116 323 and 116 390 errors occurred Test result NG Go to FIP OK Turn off on the main power The test performs read write verify of the test patterns 0xff 0xaa 0x55 and 0x00 on one byte at every 0x400 from the first address of EEPROM DRAM Test Tests OPEN SHORT with the address line of the DRAM Perfor...

Страница 734: ...en the 024 371 error occurred Test result NG Go to FIP OK Turn off on the main power READ ROM Revision No This test checks communication with the Engine Then it reads the status Register of the Engine to check whether commands can be exchanged with the Engine It sends the following command to read the status register and checks whether the appropriate response returns Button LED LCD Displays UP on...

Страница 735: ...ts the test packet TEST ENABLE The port compulsorily enters the state of ENABLE 2 Single Step The collection of Device Descriptor of the specified device address is executed by the single step 3 Get Device Info Information on the device is acquired VID Value of VendorID PID Value of ProductID Add Device address Prt Number of Downstream port of Controller or Hub RTC Test Checks the Real Time Clock ...

Страница 736: ...ts that are supposed to be faulty from the error details Refer to each FIP on Chapter 1 Test result NG Go to each FIP or replace the parts OK Turn off on the main power Executing Sensor Test 1 Turn off the power 2 Turn on the power while holding down and keys 3 Release the fingers from these keys when the message is displayed 4 The Service Mode Printer and FAX Scanner are displayed Entered the Dia...

Страница 737: ...6 91 Chapter 6 General MiA02002GA Exit Sensor Side Switch Sensor Manual Feed Sensor Regi Sensor K Mode Sensor Cover Open Sensor Tray 1 No Paper Sensor Tray 2 Path Sensor Tray 2 No Paper Sensor ...

Страница 738: ...sence presence or the moving part position such as at the home position or elsewhere About Switch A micro switch closes the internal contacts via the button which is pushed down under the pro vided leaf spring which is held down by the actuator of the cover or door that is being closed When the door or cover has being opened the leaf spring returns to its original position and the button is pushed...

Страница 739: ...mber shown on the bottom of the display increases each time the sheet is inserted 5 Press the STOP key to stop the test Tray1 No Paper 1 Power on the printer and enter the Diag Mode 2 Remove the paper from Tray1 3 Execute the Tray1 No Paper 4 Check whether the sensor functions properly by removing and replacing the Tray1 5 Confirm that the number in the lower section of the display increases each ...

Страница 740: ...y increases by one every time the actuator is operated 6 Press the STOP key to stop the test 7 Close the Front Cover Exit Sensor NOTE Because the FUSING UNIT is very hot be careful not to burn yourself 1 Power on the printer and enter the Diag Mode 2 Open the Front Cover 3 Execute the Exit Sensor 4 Manually operate the actuator to check whether the sensor functions properly 5 Check that the number...

Страница 741: ...er the sensor functions properly 5 Check that the number in the bottom line of the display increases by one every time the sensor light path is blocked 6 Press the STOP key to stop the test 7 Replace the DRIVE ASSY PH Side Switch 1 Power on the printer and enter the Diag Mode 2 Execute the Side Switch 3 Open or close the Toner Access Cover to check whether the sensor functions properly 4 Check tha...

Страница 742: ...r is opened or closed 5 Press the STOP key to stop the test 6 Close the Front Cover Tray2 No Paper 1 Power on the printer and enter the Diag Mode 2 Remove the paper from Tray2 3 Execute the Tray2 No Paper 4 Check whether the sensor functions properly by removing and replacing the Tray2 5 Confirm that the number in the lower section of the display increases each time the Tray2 is removed and replac...

Страница 743: ... Power on the printer and enter the Diag Mode 4 Execute the Tray2 Path Sensor 5 Manually operate the actuator to check whether the sensor functions properly 6 Check that the number in the bottom line of the display increases by one every time the actuator is operated 7 Press the STOP key to stop the test 8 Replace the Tray 1 9 Replace the COVER CHUTE Sensor Name Diag Code Check Procedure MiA02011G...

Страница 744: ...r PQ problem is occurred or an error message or code is displayed this test enables to look for the broken or damaged parts Test result NG Go to each FIP or replace the parts OK Turn off on the main power Executing Motor Test 1 Turn off the power 2 Turn on the power while holding down and keys 3 Release the fingers from these keys when the message is displayed 4 The Customer Mode Printer and FAX S...

Страница 745: ...uplex Motor Duplex Motor FULL2 Duplex Motor FULL3 Duplex Motor HALF Tray2 Feeder Motor FULL1 Tray2 Feeder Motor Tray2 Feeder Motor FULL2 Tray2 Feeder Motor FULL3 Tray2 Feeder Motor HALF Fan HIGH Fan Motor Fan LOW Yellow Toner Motor Yellow Toner Motor Magenta Toner Motor Magenta Toner Motor Cyan Toner Motor Cyan Toner Motor Black Toner Motor Black Toner Motor Regi Clutch Regi Clutch Tray1 Feed SOLE...

Страница 746: ...Drum Erase Lamp YMC Sub Motor Main Motor K Mode Solenoid Tray 1 Feed Solenoid Tray 2 Feed Solenoid Fan Motor DO 1e 1f Black Toner Motor Magenta Toner Motor Yellow Toner Motor Regi Clutch Tray 2 Turn Clutch Tray 2 Feed Motor MiS02013GA Exit Motor Duplex Motor Duplex Clutch ...

Страница 747: ...age of electric current through the coil inside the case and attracts the armature and gear to the rotating rotor thereby rotating the gear Upon the loss of power to the coil electromagnetic force is lost and the armature comes off the rotor and the gear comes to rest The clutch makes so soft noises that you must be close the component to audibly confirm the oper ation of the component Armature Ro...

Страница 748: ...ectric current through the coil inside the case and attracts the plunger Upon the loss of power to the coil electromagnetic force is lost and the plunger is returned to its original position by spring action thereby allowing the shutter to operate or the gear to move to the predefined position Unlike a clutch a solenoid generates a loud operation noise About Interlock Leg_Sec02_051FA Magnetic coil...

Страница 749: ...nical staff When performing operation for five minutes or longer with the front cover open remove the PHD ASSY and cover the drum to avoid exposure to light 1 Power on the printer and enter the Diag Mode 2 Open the Front Cover 3 Cheat the Safety Interlock System 4 Execute the Main Motor FULL2 FULL1 or HALF 5 Check that the Drum rotates 6 Press the STOP key to stop the test 7 Remove the cheater 8 C...

Страница 750: ...cute DO a Upon pressing the key the operating noise of the solenoid will be heard 3 Press the Cancel key to stop the solenoid NOTE This procedure is for the technical staff When performing operation for five minutes or longer with the front cover open remove the PHD ASSY and cover the drum to avoid exposure to light 1 Remove the DRIVE ASSY PH 2 Cheat the safety Interlock System 3 Power on the prin...

Страница 751: ...Check that the Feed Roll rotates 5 Press the STOP key to stop the test 6 Replace the Tray 1 Exit Motor FULL1 FULL2 FULL3 HALF 1 Power on the printer and enter the Diag Mode 2 Execute the Exit Motor FULL1 FULL2 FULL3 or HALF 3 Check that the Exit Roll rotates 4 Press the STOP key to stop the test Motor Clutch Solenoid Name Diag Code Check procedure MiA02018GA Feed Roll Exit Roll MiA02019GA ...

Страница 752: ...x Roller rotates 6 Press the STOP key to stop the test 7 Remove the cheater 8 Close the CHUTE DUP IN and Front Cover Tray2 Feeder Motor FULL1 FULL2 FULL3 HALF NOTE This procedure is for the technical staff 1 Remove the Tray 2 2 Remove the COVER REAR OPT and COVER SIDE L OPT 3 Power on the printer and enter the Diag Mode 4 Execute the Tray2 Feeder Motor FULL1 FULL2 FULL3 or HALF 5 Check that the Tr...

Страница 753: ... procedure common among the four toner motor Note the operation for the toner in the PHD ASSY spills if the motor is rotated for a long time 1 Power on the printer and enter the Diag Mode 2 Open the Toner Access Cover and remove the toner cartridge 3 Execute Yellow Toner Motor Magenta Toner Motor Cyan Toner Motor or Black Toner Motor 4 Check that the Gear rotates 5 Press the STOP key to stop the c...

Страница 754: ...tes when the Main Motor and the Regi Clutch are executed 1 Power on the printer and enter the Diag Mode 2 Open the Front Cover 3 Cheat the Safety Interlock System 4 Execute the Main Motor and the Regi Clutch 5 Check that the Regi Roll rotates 6 Press the STOP key to stop the clutch 7 Press the key to display Main Motor 8 Press the STOP key to stop the motor 9 Remove the cheater 10 Close the Front ...

Страница 755: ...Auto 5 Check that the Feed Solenoid movement 6 Press the STOP key to stop the test 7 Remove the cheater 8 Replace the COVER SIDE L Tray2 Feed SOLENOID Auto NOTE This procedure is for the technical staff 1 Remove the COVER REAR OPT and COVER SIDE L OPT 2 Power on the printer and enter the Diag Mode 3 Execute the Tray2 Feed SOLENOID Auto 4 Check that the Feed Solenoid movement 5 Press the STOP key t...

Страница 756: ...VER CHUTE 2 Power on the printer and enter the Diag Mode 3 Remove the Tray 1 and Tray 2 4 Execute the Tray2 Feeder Motor or the Tray2 Turn Roll 5 Check that the Turn Roll rotates 6 Press the STOP key to stop the clutch 7 Press the key to display the Tray2 Feeder Motor 8 Press the STOP key to stop the motor 9 Replace the COVER CHUTE Tray 1 and Tray 2 Motor Clutch Solenoid Name Diag Code Check proce...

Страница 757: ...on the printer and enter the Diag Mode 2 Open the Front Cover 3 Cheat the Safety Interlock System 4 Execute the Exit Motor and the Duplex Clutch 5 Check that the Gear rotates 6 Press the STOP key to stop the clutch 7 Press the key to display the Exit Motor 8 Press the STOP key to stop the motor 9 Remove the cheater 10 Close the Front Cover Motor Clutch Solenoid Name Diag Code Check procedure MiA02...

Страница 758: ...ater 10 Close the Front Cover Drum Erase Lamp YMC NOTE This procedure is for the technical staff When performing operation for five minutes or longer with the front cover open remove the PHD ASSY and cover the drum to avoid exposure to light 1 Power on the printer and enter the Diag Mode 2 Open the Front Cover 3 Remove the PHD ASSY 4 Cheat the Safety Interlock System 5 Execute the Drum Erase Lamp ...

Страница 759: ...handle internal area Perform only the following menu operations SaveNVM to ESS Saves the internal data of PWBA MCU to PWBA ESS temporarily when PWBA MCU needs to be replaced due to a trouble etc LoadNVM to ESS Loads the internal data saved via SaveNVM to ESS to the new PWBA MCU Initialize Slave The slave initialization is executed ...

Страница 760: ...Page The version of software of IOT and the printer configuration can be confirmed by executing this test Print Settings The service tag printing count value and error count value can be confirmed by executing this test 4 Installation Set Specifies whether or not Alarm display of Toner residual quantity is performed Executing Installation 1 Turn off the power 2 Turn on the power while holding down...

Страница 761: ...lor 2 Number of mono color or 2 color copy B W Number of the black and white copy Total Total of Full Color Color 2 and B W Full Color Error Number of error in color copy Color 2 Error Number of error in mono color or 2 color copy B W Error Number of error in black and white copy FAX Service Color Number of color fax reception B W Number of black and white fax reception Total Total of Color and B ...

Страница 762: ...he Diag mode 5 Press OK key Entered the Printer Diag mode 6 Press key to select Test Print and then press OK key 7 Press or key to select the test item 8 Press OK key twice to execute the test NOTE To exit the test or to returning to one step higher menu press STOP key No Image IOT Prints the blanked paper Pattern IOT Prints the IOT built in 600dpi pattern When the PQ problem occurred this test en...

Страница 763: ...rn When the PQ problem occurred this test enables to identify the problem as printer related or oth erwise Compare the sample chart with the print Check result NG Check the printing process and PWBA ESS related OK Check the network cable PC and so on Leg_Sec02_004FA ...

Страница 764: ...e chart with the print Check result NG Check the cyan toner related OK Check another toner Magenta 20 Outputs magenta 20 paint on the whole area of a A4 paper When the PQ problem occurred this test enables to identify the problem as the magenta toner or another color Compare the sample chart with the print Check result NG Check the magenta toner related OK Check another toner Leg_Sec02_005FA Leg_S...

Страница 765: ... sample chart with the print Check result NG Check the yellow toner related OK Check another toner Black 20 Outputs black 20 paint on the whole area of a A4 paper When the PQ problem occurred this test enables to identify the problem as the black toner or another color Compare the sample chart with the print Check result NG Check the black toner related OK Check another toner Leg_Sec02_007FA Leg_S...

Страница 766: ...of a A4 paper When the PQ problem occurred this test enables to identify the problem as the balance of three color toners or otherwise Compare the sample chart with the print Check result NG Check the yellow magenta or cyan toner related OK Check black toner Leg_Sec02_009FA ...

Страница 767: ... a A4 paper for each of 4 colors When the PQ problem occurred this test enables to identify the problem as the printing process or PWBA ESS related Compare the sample chart with the print Check result NG Check the printing process OK Check the PWBA ESS related Leg_Sec02_010FA ...

Страница 768: ...tern of Y M C K When the PQ problem occurred in the picture or photo printing this test enables to identify the problem as the toner or another Compare the sample chart with the print Check result NG Check the problem toner related OK Check the print job or print data Mnt02100KA ...

Страница 769: ...he interval of regular lines or spots you can determine the parts that have caused the trouble Page 1 to 4 Prints the scale patterns in vertical and horizontal directions for evaluating regularity and intervals Page 5 Prints the list of intervals by component fault Page 1 Page 2 Page 3 Page 4 Page 5 Wsb02028KA 13 Wsb02027KA 13 Wsb02029KA 13 Wsb02030KA 13 Zna02119KA ...

Страница 770: ...eed Tray 30 to 30 Fast Scan 2 K to M Y or C 1 to 2 Life Counter Reads the life counter and the printer Parameter Function Default Adjustable range Slow Scan K to P Shifts 0 17mm 1count Black registration adjustment 128 to 127 Slow Scan 600 M Y C Shifts 0 042mm 1count Color registration adjustment 600 dpi 128 to 127 Fast Scan K to M Y or C Shifts 0 042mm 1count Color registration adjustment Calcula...

Страница 771: ...ray Shifts the print area in this direction by reducing the value Shifts the print area in this direction by reducing the value Shifts the print area in this direction by increasing the value Shifts the print area in this direction by increasing the value Slow Scan K to P Slow Scan 600 M Y C Image Side Default Value Default Value Mnt02021GA ...

Страница 772: ...e FUSING UNIT Sheet Paper feeding count 100000 Life Print Paper feeding count Life DTB Waste Transfer Belt Waste Toner cleaning count 200000 Life Y Waste Toner Waste Toner cleaning count 18000 Life M Waste Toner Waste Toner cleaning count 18000 Life C Waste Toner Waste Toner cleaning count 18000 Life K Waste Toner Waste Toner cleaning count 18000 Life IU Y Drum Cycle count 3000000 Life IU M Drum C...

Страница 773: ...se keys when the message is displayed 4 The Customer Mode Printer and FAX Scanner are displayed Entered the Diag mode 5 Press OK key Entered the Printer Diag mode 6 Press to select Complete Exit and then press OK key 7 Press OK key twice to execute the setting NOTE To exit the operation or to returning to one step higher menu press STOP key Complete Exit Completes the diagnosis operation and reboo...

Страница 774: ...6 128 Chapter 6 General Blank Page ...

Страница 775: ...Chapter 7 Wiring Data ...

Страница 776: ......

Страница 777: ... Symbols in the General Connection Wiring Diagram 7 12 7 4 2 General Wiring Diagram 7 13 7 5 Interconnection Wiring Diagram of Parts 7 14 7 5 1 Notes on Using the Wiring Diagram between Parts 7 14 7 5 2 Configuration of the Interconnection Wiring Diagram of Parts 7 16 7 5 2 1 DC POWER SUPPLY 7 18 7 5 2 2 FEEDER SSF REGI 7 20 7 5 2 3 DRIVE 7 22 7 5 2 4 ROS 7 24 7 5 2 5 XEROGRAPHIC 7 26 7 5 2 6 HIGH...

Страница 778: ......

Страница 779: ...SY OPTION D LESS MG AIO 28 J 158 Connects PWBA MCU and HARNESS ASSY L SIDE MG AIO 29 I 158 Connects PWBA MCU and HARNESS ASSY SIDE SW 31 H 157 Connects PWBA MCU and HARNESS ASSY TONER CRUM 40 D 143 Connects PWBA LVPS and HARNESS ASSY ESS PER MG AIO 40 I 156 Connects PWBA MCU and HARNESS ASSY ROS RE 41 I 156 Connects PWBA MCU and HARNESS ASSY ROS VIDEO 42 J 157 Connects PWBA MCU and HARNESS ASSY PH...

Страница 780: ...onal Duplex Only 281 C 109 Connects TRANSFER ASSY Harness Assy CTD SNR2 and HARNESS ASSY L SIDE MG AIO 291 G 108 Connects DISPENSER ASSY Side Cover Switch and HARNESS ASSY SIDE SW 311 G 110 Connects DISPENSER ASSY Connector CRUM Y and HARNESS ASSY TONER CRUM 312 G 110 Connects DISPENSER ASSY Connector CRUM M and HARNESS ASSY TONER CRUM 313 G 109 Connects DISPENSER ASSY Connector CRUM C and HARNESS...

Страница 781: ... EXIT Exit Motor 603 D 168 Connects PWBA DUP and DRIVE ASSY DUP DUP Motor 604 D 168 Connects PWBA DUP and DRIVE ASSY EXIT DUP Clutch 605 D 169 Not Connect P J Coordiates Remarks 273 C 184 Connects 250 OPTION FEEDER MG AIO HARNESS ASSY TRAY and PRINTER 419 D 179 Connects PWB ASSY FEED MG AIO and HARNESS ASSY TRAY 420 D 179 Connects PWB ASSY FEED MG AIO and HARNESS ASSY TRAY COMP 421 D 180 Connects ...

Страница 782: ...hapter 7 Wiring Data 7 1 2 Plug Jack Location 7 1 2 1 Printer A 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 101 B C D E F G H I J K L MiA04001GA 2811 281 5041 291 141 314 313 312 311 271 171 272 ...

Страница 783: ...7 5 Chapter 7 Wiring Data A 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 116 B C D E F G H I J K L MiA04002GA 411 202 412 231 5301 234 233 232 2 ...

Страница 784: ...ata A 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 131 B C D E F G H I J K L MiA04003GA 40 503 44 502 48 47 504 501 1003 1002 2401 1001 221 211 403 2501 2002 2001 802 201 273 241 801 261 262 1301 2103 Not Connect ...

Страница 785: ... Wiring Data A 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 146 B C D E F G H I J K L MiA04004GA 192 422 161 191 182 181 144 11 42 22 21 24 26 15 14 17 101 31 19 18 29 40 41 10 16 27 20 23 28 Not Connect ...

Страница 786: ...7 8 Chapter 7 Wiring Data 7 1 2 2 OPTION Duplex ...

Страница 787: ...7 9 Chapter 7 Wiring Data 7 1 2 3 OPTION Feeder A 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 176 B C D E F G H I J K L MiA04006KA 420 419 4221 4211 4201 422 421 273 4202 4212 ...

Страница 788: ...7 10 Chapter 7 Wiring Data 7 2 Wire Nerwork Undescribed ...

Страница 789: ...7 11 Chapter 7 Wiring Data 7 3 BSD Undescribed ...

Страница 790: ...The connector No is indicated inside the box Represents a connection terminal with a plate spring on the printed circuit board The connector terminal No is indicated inside the box Represents a connector directly connected to the printed circuit board The connector No is indicated inside the box The box containing a part name represents a part PL X Y Z indicates the item Z of the plate PL X Y desc...

Страница 791: ...NNECTOR CRUM Y PL5 1 14 P J311 P J31 MOTOR ASSY DISP Y PL5 1 3 P J181 P J18 MOTOR ASSY DISP M PL5 1 3 P J182 MOTOR ASSY DISP C PL5 1 3 P J191 MOTOR ASSY DISP K PL5 1 3 P J192 P J19 PWBA FEED H PL12 2 1 PAPER PATH SENSOR PL12 4 13 P J4200 MOTOR ASSY SUB PL12 2 16 P J27 A P J419 P J273 P J421 CLUTCH ASSY DRV PL12 2 6 P J4201 SOLENOID FEED MSI PL12 2 15 P J4211 P J420 P J422 P J421 CST2 NO PAPER SENS...

Страница 792: ...rts attached with functional parts name Denotes the control and its outline in PWB Denotes a connection between parts with harnesses or wires attached with signal name contents Denotes the function and logic value of the signal to operate the function Low L High H The given voltage is for signal in high status The arrow indicates the direction of signal Denotes the function and logic value of the ...

Страница 793: ... a connection between wires I L 24VDC Denotes DC voltage when the interlock switch in HNB MCU WITH CPU turns on 5VDC 3 3VDC Denotes DC voltage SG Denotes signal ground AG Denotes analog ground RTN Denotes the return Symbols Description ...

Страница 794: ... PWBA MCU 4 ROS Connections of ROS ASSY with PWBA MCU 5 XEROGRAPHIC Connections of PWBA EEPROM with PWBA MCU Connections of PHD ASSY with PWBA MCU Connections of SENSOR HUM with PWBA MCU Connections of LED ASSY ERASE with PWBA MCU Connections of TRANSFER ASSY with PWBA MCU 6 HIGH VOLTAGE Connections of PWBA HVPS with PWBA MCU 7 DEVELOPER Connections of DISPENSE MOTOR Y with PWBA MCU Connections of...

Страница 795: ... with PWBA MCU Connections of PWBA FEEDER H with CLUTCH ASSY PH TURN Connections of PWBA FEEDER H with PATH SENSOR Connections of PWBA FEEDER H with SOLENOID FEED Connections of PWBA FEEDER H with CST NO PAPER SENSOR Connections of PWBA FEEDER H with DRIVE ASSY OPTION 13 DUPLEX Connections of PWBA DUP with PWBA MCU Connections of PWBA DUP with MOTOR ASSY DUP UP Connections of PWBA DUP with MOTOR A...

Страница 796: ... 9 10 11 12 13 P J15 1 2 SG 14 13 12 11 7 8 6 5 4 3 2 4 2 1 2 3 HARN ASSY INTERLOCK PL8 1 1 R H COVER OPEN SG 1 2 2 1 P J29 P J291 SWITCH PL5 1 9 14 1 SG 5VDC 3 3VDC SG LV TYPE 6 9 FSR ENB 5 10 HEAT 1 DEEP SLEEP SG 24V OFF FAN STOP FAN LOW FAN ALARM I L OPEN HARN ASSY INLET AIO PL8 2 9 P J48 MiA07002KA PWBA LVPS PL8 2 12 HARN ASSY LVPS MAIN AIO PL9 1 3 HARN ASSY SIDE SW PL5 1 27 HARN ASSY LVPS MAI...

Страница 797: ...e protection circuit This circuit stops all outputs if the power supply voltage 24VDC 5VDC or 3 3VDC exceeds the specified voltage respectively At this time the operating point is 36VDC or less for 24VDC 7VDC or less for 5VDC and 3 3VDC Signal line name Description LV TYPE 24V ON Control signal of the LVPS FAN LOW FAN STOP ALARM FAN Drive control signal of the SIDE FAN ...

Страница 798: ...CST FEED CL ON L 24VDC 2 1 1 2 1 2 SOLENOID FEED MSI PL3 1 11 P J231 P J23 3 3VDC 6 7 8 HARN ASSY KSNR REGCL AIO PL9 1 9 PAPER EMPTY SENSED H 3 3VDC SG P J233 3 2 1 PULL UP 3 3VDC SSI NO PAPER SENSOR PL3 2 13 3 4 5 REGI SENSED L 3 3VDC SG 3 2 1 PULL UP 3 3VDC REGI SENSOR PL3 2 13 P J232 P J26 4 5 I L 24VDC REGI CL ON L 24VDC 2 1 1 2 P J262 CLUTCH ASSY DRV PL3 1 1 MiA07003KA INTERLOCK 24VDC 3 3VDC ...

Страница 799: ...C Paper detect signal of the Regi part by the Sensor Photo REGI SENSOR PAPER EMPTY SENSED H 3 3VDC Paper detect signal of the SSI by the Sensor Photo SSI NO PAPER SENSOR PAPER EMPTY SENSED L 3 3VDC Paper detect signal of the Paper Cassette by the Sensor Photo CST NO PAPER SENSOR REGI CL ON L 24VDC ON OFF signal of the CLUTCH ASSY DRV ...

Страница 800: ...8 9 7 P J21 P J211 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 I L 24VDC SG I L 24VDC SG MAIN MOT ON MAIN MOT ALARM MAIN MOT CLK MAIN MOT LOW M MiA07004KA INTERLOCK 24VDC INTERLOCK 24VDC 1 2 P J241 1 2 2 1 HARN ASSY MAIN MOT AIO PL9 1 7 HARN ASSY KSNR REGCL AIO PL9 1 9 HARN ASSY KSOL AIO PL7 1 5 HARN ASSY SUB MOT AIO PL9 1 8 I L 24VDC K MODE SOL ON L 24VDC INTERLOCK 24VDC 1 2 3 K MODE SENSED L 3 3VDC SG 3 2 1 PULL UP 3 3VD...

Страница 801: ...ING SOLENOID K MODE SENSED L 3 3VDC Color mode detect signal of the DRIVE ASSY PH by the Sensor Photo COLOR MODE SWITCHING SENSOR MAIN MOT ON MAIN MOT ALARM MAIN MOT CLK MAIN MOT LOW Drive control signal of the DRIVE ASSY MAIN SUB MOT ON SUB MOT ALARM SUB MOT CLK SUB MOT LOW Drive control signal of the DRIVE ASSY SUB ...

Страница 802: ...EF Y ROS MOT ON HARN ASSY ROS RE PL4 1 22 LOCK ROS MOT ON SG 24VDC 5VDC SOS SG CLK ROS ASSY PL4 1 1 SCANNER MOT PWBA SOS MiA07006KA 13 14 ENB 15 15 14 13 12 11 1 2 3 4 5 10 9 8 7 6 5 1 2 3 5 4 3 2 1 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 SG 3 3V LD INTERLOCK 24VDC P J41 P J412 1 2 3 4 5 6 DATA K SG DATA C SG 7 8 DATA M SG DATA Y SG HARN ASSY ROS VIDEO PL4 1 23 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 from Xerography ...

Страница 803: ...ol signal of the ROS MOTOR SOS Reference signal for scan start of LASER V REF K V REF C V REF M V REF Y Emission control signal of the laser diode LD ERR Error signal of the laser diode PCONT Power control signal of the laser diode DATA K DATA C DATA M DATA Y Video signal of the laser diode ...

Страница 804: ... P J144 4 3 2 1 SG 5VDC HUM SNS TEMP SNS P J20 1 2 3 4 P J201 4 3 2 1 PWBA EEPROM PL8 3 4 SENSOR HUM PL8 1 10 HARN ASSY LVPS MAIN AIO PL9 1 3 ERASE Y M C ON L 3 3VDC ERASE K ON L 3 3VDC 3 3VDC P J14 15 16 17 P J141 3 2 1 LED ASSY ERASE PL4 1 8 1 2 3 4 HARN ASSY L SIDE AIO PL3 1 18 TRANSFER ASSY PL6 1 7 5 4 3 2 1 5VDC ADC SENSOR LED REM ADC V MONI 5 1 2 3 4 5 SG P J2811 P J281 P J28 5 4 3 2 1 ADC S...

Страница 805: ... data in the printer by the SENSOR HUM Analog value HUM SNS Humidity data in the printer by the SENSOR HUM Analog value ERASE K ON L 3 3VDC ERASE Y M C ON L 3 3VDC ON OFF signal of the LED ASSY ERASE ADC SENSOR Toner patch density data measured by the ADC SENSOR Analog value LED REM Remote signal of the LED of ADC SENSOR ADC V MONI Control signal of the ADC SENSOR ...

Страница 806: ... 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 PWBA HVPS PL4 1 19 HARN ASSY HVPS AIO PL9 1 5 P J161 CF DB K TR K TR C TR M TR Y BCR BTR BTR Bias Transfer Roll BCR Bias Charge Roll Developer DB C DB M DB Y 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 TR MON NC HV DO HV LD HV CLK 3 0V REF SG 9 10 2 1 MAIN CLK SG I L 24V MiA07008KA K C M Y 3 0V REF ...

Страница 807: ...7 29 Chapter 7 Wiring Data Signal line name Description TR MON HV DO HV LD HV CLK MAIN CLK Control signal of the HVPS ...

Страница 808: ...7 8 10 11 9 P182 5 4 3 2 1 J182 1 2 3 4 5 DISPENSE MOTOR M PL5 1 3 1 2 4 5 6 3 P191 P J19 5 4 3 2 1 J191 1 2 3 4 5 DISPENSE MOTOR C PL5 1 3 P192 5 4 3 2 1 J192 1 2 3 4 5 DISPENSE MOTOR K PL5 1 3 HARN ASSY TNR MOT PL5 1 25 HARN ASSY TONER CRUM PL5 1 26 1 2 P J311 CONNECTOR CRUM Y PL5 1 14 P J31 DATA Y IN CLK Y OUT 3 3VDC SG DATA M IN CLK M OUT 3 3VDC SG DATA C IN CLK C OUT 3 3VDC SG DATA K IN CLK K...

Страница 809: ...SE MOTOR M C DISPENSE MOT A C DISPENSE MOT B C DISPENSE MOT XA C DISPENSE MOT XB Drive control signal of the DISPENSE MOTOR C K DISPENSE MOT A K DISPENSE MOT B K DISPENSE MOT XA K DISPENSE MOT XB Drive control signal of the DISPENSE MOTOR K DATA Y IN CLK Y OUT Control signal of the CONNECTOR CRUM Y DATA M IN CLK M OUT Control signal of the CONNECTOR CRUM M DATA C IN CLK C OUT Control signal of the...

Страница 810: ...UNIT AIO PL6 1 2 HARN ASSY LVPS MAIN AIO PL9 1 3 HARN ASSY LVPS MAIN AIO PL9 1 3 SG PULL UP 3 3VDC FUSING UNIT PL6 1 1 PWBA LVPS PL8 2 1 LAMP CONTROL MiA07010KA Thermostat Heater NC SNS 1 2 3 P J175 P J176 P J172 P1711 P J171 P J47 P J14 P J501 P1712 P1713 P J173 2 3 1 STS 1 2 2 1 1 2 3 EXIT SENSOR 1 2 3 3 2 1 200V Spec 3 1 N HEAT1 3 2 1 LINE P J171 P J47 5 6 10 9 xHEAT1 FUSING UNIT ON 3 3VDC Used...

Страница 811: ...Heat Roll surface temperature data measured by Temp Sensor for detecting high temperature analog value FUSING UNIT EXIT SENSED L 3 3VDC Paper detect signal of the FUSING UNIT Exit by the Sensor Photo EXIT SENSOR FUSING UNIT ON Lighting signal of FUSING UNIT Lamp RELAY TEST LOW RELAY TEST HIGH Test signal of the LVPS Used in production process only ...

Страница 812: ... SG VSYNC K VSYNC C VSYNC M VSYNC Y SG HSYNC SG NC 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 17 18 18 17 P J40 1 2 3 4 P J202 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 PWBA MCU PL8 3 6 PWBA LVPS PL8 2 12 CONSOLE ASSY PANEL AIO PL1 2 3 MiA07011KA P J2002 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 P J11 SG DATA K SG DATA C SG DATA M SG DATA Y 5VDC SG 3 3VDC SG SG UI RESET LED 3 3VDC WKUPL SG RXD TXD SG SPEAKER SG 5VDC SG SG 6 5 4 3 2 1 8...

Страница 813: ...smitted from the PWBA ESS to the PWBA MCU CREADY SREADY Signal for indicating weather or not the printer is ready for receiving command signal VSYNC K VSYNC C VSYNC M VSYNC Y Signal for indicating registration position of each of images Y M C and K HSYNC Signal for data DATA K DATA C DATA M DATA Y Video data of four colors UI RESET LED WKUPL RXD TXD SPEAKER Control signal of the CONSOLE ASSY ...

Страница 814: ...N_A_ADF SCAN_B_ADF xSCAN_B_ADF 5V DC S_ENTRY_N S_FEED_N S_COVER_N SG S_FEED2_N S_COVER2_N SG ADF ASSY PL10 1 3 CONNECTOR PWBA MiA07014KA 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 24VDC 5VDC 1 2 3 JDFM1 JCV1 1 2 3 4 ADF MOTOR ADF COVER SENSOR M 1 2 3 JDES1 ADF DOCUMENT SENSOR 1 2 3 JDS1 ADF FEED SENSOR A A B B 3 3VDC 3 3V P J1003 HARN ASSY ADF PL10 1 2 ...

Страница 815: ...F SCAN_A_ADF SCAN_B_ADF xSCAN_B_ADF Drive control signal of the ADF MOTOR S_ENTRY_N Document detect signal of the ADF by the Sensor Photo S_FEED_N Document detect signal of the ADF by the Sensor Photo S_COVER_N Cover open or close signal of the ADF by the Sensor Photo ...

Страница 816: ...FE RST SH_R AFESDIO AFESCLK xAFE_SEN RXIN0 RXIN0 SG RXIN1 RXIN1 SG RXIN2 RXIN2 SG RXINCLK RXINCLK SG LVDSCLK LVDSCLK A SG IIT ASSY SUB PL10 1 11 MiA07015KA 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 PWB ASSY FRONT USB PL11 1 15 HARNESS ASSY FRONT USB PL10 1 13 P J1301 P J1 J2 1 2 3 4 5 5V DC SG D D 5VDC 1 2 3 4 5 5 4 3 2 1 P J1002 1 2 3 4 SCAN MOT B SCAN MOT A...

Страница 817: ...WBA CCD RXIN0 RXIN0 Image data of the document by the CCD RXIN1 RXIN1 Image data of the document by the CCD RXIN2 RXIN2 Image data of the document by the CCD RXINCLK RXINCLK Video Clock of image data by the PWBA CCD LVDSCLK LVDSCLK Control signal of the PWBA CCD SCAN MOT B SCAN MOT B SCAN MOT A SCAN MOT A Drive control signal of the Scanner Motor ...

Страница 818: ...5 4 3 5 6 2 1 MOTOR ASSY SUB PL12 2 16 M 3 2 1 PULL UP 3 3VDC SG PAPER EMPTY SENSED L 3 3VDC CST2 NO PAPER SENSOR PL12 4 13 FEED MOT ON OFF FEED MOT ALARM FEED MOT CLK FEED MOT CHANGE SG I L 24VDC P J4212 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 3 2 1 SG PAPER FEED SENSED L 3 3VDC 3 3V PAPER PATH SENSOR PL12 4 13 P J4200 3 2 1 1 2 3 I L 24VDC TURN CL ON L 24VDC P J4201 P J420 2 1 1 2 1 3 CLUTCH ASSY DRV PL12 2 6 I L 24V...

Страница 819: ...DER TURN CL ON L 24VDC ON OFF signal of the TURN CLUTCH FEED CL ON L 24VDC ON OFF signal of the FEED CLUTCH PAPER EMPTY SENSED L 3 3VDC Paper detect signal of the Feeder by the Sensor Photo NO PAPER SENSOR FEED MOT ON OFF FEED MOT ALARM FEED MOT CLK FEED MOT CHANGE Drive control signal of the FEED MOTOR ...

Страница 820: ... 3VDC INTERLOCK 24VDC INTERLOCK 24VDC 3 3VDC M P J603 5 4 3 2 1 DRIVE ASSY DUP PL11 2 5 DUP DOWN_A DUP DOWN_XA DUP DOWN_XB NC DUP DOWN_B M P J27 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 P J271 P J272 HARN ASSY DUP RELAY PL1 2 13 HARN ASSY OPTION PL3 1 20 HARNESS ASSY DUP PL11 1 14 Txd Rxd Rxd DUP HOT 3 3VDC SG I L 24VDC I L 24VDC SG SG P J601 9 10 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 B10 B11 SG 1 ...

Страница 821: ...of the PWBA DUP DUP UP_A DUP UP_XA DUP UP_B DUP UP_XB Drive control signal of the DUP MOTOR UP DUP DOWN_A DUP DOWN_XA DUP DOWN_B DUP DOWN_XB Drive control signal of the DUP MOTOR DOWN DUP CL ON L 24VDC ON OFF signal of the DUP CLUTCH FAN 24VDC FAN ALARM Drive control signal of the DUP FAN ...

Страница 822: ...7 44 Chapter 7 Wiring Data Blank Page ...

Страница 823: ...Chapter 9 Installation and Removal ...

Страница 824: ......

Страница 825: ... the packaging tapes and protective sheet 9 2 9 1 3 Install the toner Cartridges 9 3 9 1 4 Install optional accessories 9 4 9 1 5 Install the power cord 9 4 9 1 6 Load paper in the tray 9 5 9 1 7 Set the IP Address 9 6 9 1 8 Other Network Settings 9 7 9 1 9 Connect a USB or Network Cable 9 8 9 1 10 Install Print Drivers 9 9 9 2 Removal Undescribed 9 10 ...

Страница 826: ......

Страница 827: ...cable and paper The printer does not support inkjet paper Next step 9 1 2 Remove the packaging tapes and protective sheet Printer This Guide Operator panel label Apply on the operator panel as necessary Safety Guide PostScript Driver Library CD PS Driver Contract Driver CD Kit PS End User License Agreement DocuWorks CD Power cord Telephone cable ...

Страница 828: ...pes and protective sheet 1 Remove the packaging tapes in three locations NOTE Do not remove the yellow ribbons in this step 2 Open the ADF and remove the tapes in two locations 3 Pull the tape to remove the protective sheet 4 Next step 9 1 3 Install the toner cartridges ...

Страница 829: ...9 3 Chapter 9 Installation and Removal 9 1 3 Install the toner Cartridges 1 Open the Side Cover 2 Pull out the ribbons 3 Close the Side Cover Next step 9 1 4 Install optional accessories 8 ribbons ...

Страница 830: ...emoval 9 1 4 Install optional accessories Refer to the installation guide provided with your accessory Next step 9 1 5 Install the power cord 9 1 5 Install the power cord 1 Connect the Power Cord Next step 9 1 6 Load paper in the tray ...

Страница 831: ...tray out of the printer 2 Adjust the paper guides and align the width guides against the edges of the paper 3 After confirming that the guides are securely adjusted insert the tray into the printer Next step When connecting via a network go to 9 1 7 Set the IP Address When connecting via a USB cable go to 9 1 9 Connect a USB or Network Cable ...

Страница 832: ...TCP IP IPv4 OK IPv4 Get IP Address DHCP AutoIP OK Admin Menu Phone Book OK x 4 IPv4 Get IP Address Panel OK IP Address 0 0 0 0 OK IP Address 192 168 001 100 OK IPv4 IP Address OK IP Address 192 0 0 0 OK OK Restart System This Setting Becomes Effective after Restart IPv4 IP Address 192 168 001 100 OK IPv4 Subnet Mask OK OK Subnet Mask 0 0 0 0 OK Subnet Mask 255 0 0 0 Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 OK IP...

Страница 833: ...1 8 Other Network Settings For information on other network settings refer to the CD ROM Documentation HTML included on the Driver CD Kit Driver CD Kit top menu Documentation tab CD ROM Documentation HTML Next step 9 1 10 Install Print Drivers ...

Страница 834: ...9 Connect a USB or Network Cable 1 USB connection NOTE Do not select anything in New Hardware Found Wizard that appears when the printer and your computer are connected via a USB cable 2 Network connection Next step 9 1 10 Install Print Drivers ...

Страница 835: ...on the Driver CD Kit 1 When connecting via TCP IP 1 Click Installing Driver and Software 2 Follow the instructions displayed on the installer screen 2 When connecting via USB 1 Click Installing Driver and Software 2 Select the Documentation tab 3 Select CD ROM Documentation HTML 4 Select DocuPrint CM305 df Driver Installation Installing a Printer Connected via the USB port and follow the instructi...

Страница 836: ...9 10 Chapter 9 Installation and Removal 9 2 Removal Undescribed ...

Страница 837: ...Chapter 10 Machine Overview ...

Страница 838: ......

Страница 839: ... 10 9 Functions of SCANNER ASSY 10 20 10 9 1 Document Scanning 10 20 10 9 2 Document Scanning at Platen IIT 10 21 10 9 3 Document Scanning at Auto Document Feeder ADF 10 22 10 10 Paper Path 10 23 10 10 1 Paper Path of ADF 10 23 10 11 Functions of Major Functional Components 10 24 10 11 1 Image Input Terminal IIT 10 24 10 11 2 Auto Document Feeder ADF 10 25 10 11 3 Electrical 10 28 10 11 3 1 Electr...

Страница 840: ......

Страница 841: ...ith electrical signals The two paper cups correspond to microphone and speaker and the string to the telephone line Because electrical signals travel over the telephone line at a high speed with minimal attenuation the telephone enables conversation over great distances Voice is changed into electrical signals using electromagnetic induction a process by which electrical signals are generated by v...

Страница 842: ... N S String telephone Telephone Hello Hello Hello Vibration Electromagnetic induction a b Hello Electrical current Diaphragm Speaker Microphone Diaphragm Magnet N polarity Magnet S polarity a The coil in the magnetic field is vibrated b An electric current alternating current is generated in the coil The magnetic field around the coil is altered ...

Страница 843: ...e stairs A digital signal is a series of values obtained by sampling a continuous analog signal at a certain required rate For example when sampling is by time the rate is once a second millisecond etc Because the sampling reduces the amount of data along the time axis the converted signal is compressed and smaller in data size Thus once digitized the signal information is thinned out compared to ...

Страница 844: ...0 0 1 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 Analog signal Digital signal Voltage Time Voltage Time Voltage Time The signal is converted to 1 or 0 depending on whether it is higher or lower than a threshold value In other words the waveform is quantified Threshold value Higher 1 Lower 0 ...

Страница 845: ... 12 47253 g 35 1864 g etc A digital instrument however can only display results to the minimum necessary decimal place 12 5 g 35 0 g etc NOTE Conversion of an analog signal to digital signal is called AD conversion The reverse is called DA conversion Image data read by a FAX is a digital signal in which 0s and 1s are assigned according to whether or not there is black in the squares of a paper sur...

Страница 846: ...prises various components such as metallic cable and optical cable The entire transmission path between the two telephones is called an analog telephone network An analog telephone network comprises the following four parts Gnb06023KA Analog Telephone Network Configuration Telephone set Telephone set Switch Switch Subscriber line Transmission route Subscriber line Gnb06024KA Switching Equipment Ne...

Страница 847: ...s dial types Most recent telephones can automatically distinguish the dial type One type is Pulse Dialing PD also called Dial Pulse DP After the rotary dial on a dial phone is rotated the dial returns to its original position While returning the electric current is interrupted dividing the signal into pulses the number of times corresponding to the number dialed The switch derives the number from ...

Страница 848: ...alled party The telephone that receives the ringing signal emits its ringtone At the same time the called party s local switch sends a ring back tone RBT to the calling party s telephone to indicate that a connection to the called party has been established Gnb06025KA 697Hz 1209Hz 1336Hz 1447Hz 770Hz 852Hz 941Hz Pulse Dialing Tone Dialing Pulse dialing Tone dialing Switch Switch Low frequency High...

Страница 849: ... when a communications path is established between the both parties Gnb06026KA Connecting Out of Town Calls a Lift the handset b Dial the number c Calling d Line established 1 Dial tone Calling party Called party Local Switch Local Switch Tandem Switch Tandem Switch 2 Phone number 3 Lines are automatically connected Connection established 4 Ring back tone 4 Ringing signal Hello Hello 5 Response si...

Страница 850: ...e switch that connects multiple analog telephones to a single line to establish an in house phone system If there is a switch on site set the line type to PBX Dial Types Tone Push Dial Pulse Dial 10PPS Pulse Dial 20PPS See 10 2 2 Telephone Call Connection Mechanism Other Branch Connection To connect multiple telephones to a single line in parallel Telephones and FAXes may not function properly in ...

Страница 851: ...bjected to DA conversion modulation by the control circuit to enable transmission over an analog telephone line After conversion the data is sent as an analog signal The sound audible during transmission is image data that has become an analog signal that is an audio signal The analog signal arriving over the telephone line is then subjected to AD conversion demodulation by the control circuit of ...

Страница 852: ...10 12 Chapter 10 Machine Overview Blank Page ...

Страница 853: ...00 dpi in the horizontal direction and 3 85 divisions per millimeter in the vertical direction This means that the 200 dpi in line CCD unit is shifted approximately four times per millimeter in the vertical direction For an A4 original the data amounts to approximately two million pixels In the high quality mode G3 Fine scanning resolution is 8 divisions per millimeter in the horizontal direction ...

Страница 854: ...mp Original Original Black becomes 0 white 1 creating Digital data Image Control circuit Digital signal Modem DA conversion modulation A D conversion unit A D conversion unit NCU NCU Analog signal Sending FAX Telephone line Receiving FAX Control circuit Modem AD conversion demodulation Printer Digital signal Printing Print ...

Страница 855: ... path between the both parties In the case of a telephone call only voice conversion between the two parties follows For FAX preparation for delivery of image data is required that includes the following types of exchanges The sending FAX indicates that the transmission is a FAX transmission The receiving FAX indicates that it is ready to receive and also its communications capacity The sending FA...

Страница 856: ...for Single Page A4 Document Maximum Resolution Maximum Transmission Speed Features Group 1 G1 1968 Approx 6 min 100 x 100dpi Analog First standard Analog transmission No band compression tech nology Group 2 G2 1976 Approx 3 min 100 x 100dpi Analog Analog transmission Band compression technol ogy adopted Group 3 G3 1980 Approx 1 min 14 4kbps Approx 3 sec 33 6kbps 600 x 600dpi 14 4kbps Super G3 33 6...

Страница 857: ...n is normal Cause Degraded telephone line connection caused by noise etc or a fault in receiving FAX s printer Corrective Action Determine whether fault is in telephone line or at receiving FAX by trying copy function at receiving FAX NOTE If the telephone line condition is degraded white horizontal lines missing rows and or cut off top bottom may occur NOTE Branch connections or incoming call cal...

Страница 858: ... horizontal lines missing rows and or cut off top bottom may occur NOTE Branch connections or an incoming call call waiting may also cause image corruption b If copy function is faulty Cause Dirt or fault in printer Corrective Action Clean all parts of printer or repair printer 2 Does not emit response signal Cause Incorrect connection Incorrect setup of dial type line type and or reception mode C...

Страница 859: ... with differing upstream and downstream transmission speeds SDSL Symmetric Digital Subscriber Line with symmetrical upstream and downstream transmission speeds and VDSL Very high bit rate Digital Subscriber Line which features higher speed However because the line is used for both voice and data transmission various problems may occur such as noise during spoken conversation low sound volume and m...

Страница 860: ...ting the original document and the lens for projecting the original image to the CCD Image Sensor by reducing the image to fit the sensor size The long light path between the document and the lens is folded by multiple mirrors so that it can be contained within a small space MiA06001GA ADF Carriage Assy IIT Document Mirror 1 Exposure Lamp Mirror 2 Mirror 3 Mirror 4 Mirror 5 Lens CCD Image Sensor C...

Страница 861: ...ting speed corresponding to the set magnification to illuminate the document by the exposure lamp and to capture the reflected light by the CCD Image Sensor through the multiple mirrors and the lens MiA06002GA ADF Document Carriage Assy Carriage Assy IIT Document Mirror 1 Exposure Lamp Mirror 2 Mirror 3 Mirror 4 Mirror 5 Lens CCD Image Sensor Carriage Assy ...

Страница 862: ...eding speed corresponding to the set magnification While passing through this position the document is illuminated by the exposure lamp in the Carriage Assy and the reflected light is captured by the CCD Image Sensor through the multiple mirrors and the lens MiA06003GA Carriage Assy CVT Position ADF Document IIT Document Mirror 1 Exposure Lamp Mirror 2 Mirror 4 Mirror 5 Lens CCD Image Sensor Carri...

Страница 863: ...F Separator Pad while being fed into the ADF Inside the ADF the sheet is fed by the Takeaway Roll that rotates by the torque from the ADF Motor to the Scanner Home CVT Constant Velocity Transport Position in the Carriage Assy and is scanned After being scanned the sheet is ejected to the Document Output Tray of the ADF by the Exit Roll that rotates by the torque from the ADF Motor MiA06004GA Exit ...

Страница 864: ...put Terminal IIT Carriage Motor Scanner Motor A stepping motor that drives the Scanner ASSY Scanner Home Position Sensor CVT Position A part of the rear section of the Scanner ASSY frame functions as an actuator Scanner Home Position Sensor thus detecting the Regi position Exposure Lamp Cold cathode fluorescent lamp The lamp that exposes the document CCD Image Sensor PWBA CCD A CCD image sensor th...

Страница 865: ...whether or not the ADF Top Cover is open Feed Sensor The Feed Sensor is installed immediately downstream from the Feed Roll to detect completion of document feed ADF Motor The ADF Motor rotates the Nudger Roll Feed Roll Takeaway Roll Regi Roll and Exit Roll PWBA ADF Connector PWBA A PWB that controls the sensors and motor in the ADF MiA06006GA ADF Motor PWBA ADF Cover Open Sensor Feed Sensor Docum...

Страница 866: ...ng by a stopper located in the side of the Roll Assy Feed By receiving drive power the front portion of Roll Assy Feed lowers and then its stopper releases the Document Stopper The Document Stopper is pressed down by the lead edge of a paper to be fed After the paper is fed into the device the Document Stopper returns to its original position by the spring force MiA06007GA Document Stopper Documen...

Страница 867: ...If a jam occurs between the Pinch Roll Assy and the Takeaway Roll it is hard to retrieve documents due to the high spring pressure of Pinch Roll Assy In order to retrieve jammed documents open the Cover Assy ADF to release the spring pressure and make enough clearance between the Pinch Rolls and the Takeaway Roll MiA06008GA Open Cover Assy ADF Pinch Roll Assy Takeaway Roll Arm Pinch Roll Spring Cl...

Страница 868: ...on from the sensor switch Major functions are as follows Communication with the ESS Receive of information from the sensors or switches Control of Motor in DRIVE ASSY MAIN and DRIVE ASSY SUB Distributing low voltage DC power output from LVPS to each component Control of ROS ASSY High Voltage Power Supply PWBA HVPS PL4 1 19 Supplies high voltage to the following parts in the TRANSFER ASSY and Devel...

Страница 869: ...e opening of the Front Cover WIRELESS PRINTER ADAPTER WIRELESS ADAPTER PL8 1 11 An adapter for enabling the network connectivity of the printer by wireless SIDE COVER SWITCH SWITCH PL5 1 9 SIDE COVER SW is a switch that detects the right side cover open PWB ASSY FRONT USB PL10 1 15 A PWB for controlling the USB interface PWBA FAX PL8 1 5 A PWB for controlling the FAX interface ...

Страница 870: ...10 30 Chapter 10 Machine Overview MiA06009GA OPERATOR PANEL PWB ASSY FRONT USB INTERLOCK SWITCH SIDE COVER SWITCH SWITCH MEMORY CARD WIRELESS ADAPTER Electronic Sub System PWBA FAX ...

Страница 871: ...10 31 Chapter 10 Machine Overview MiA06010GA FAN Machine ControlL Unit HUMIDITY SENSOR High Voltage Power Supply Low Voltage Power Supply PWBA EEPROM ...

Страница 872: ...hine Overview 10 11 3 2 Data Flow The image data from the document set on the IIT or ADF goes through the following components before it is printed at the Engine section Refer to DocuPrint CM305 df for Data Flow of Printer ...

Страница 873: ...image sensor 10 12 1 1 AOC Auto Offset Control AOC is performed by turning off the Exposure Lamp after AGC This state is read by the CCD Image Sensor as the black reference value which is used to adjust CCD Image Sensor output The order of AGC and AOC adjustment depends on the model 10 12 1 2 AGC Auto Gain Control White Level Variation Adjustment During AGC the Scanner ASSY is moved to the positio...

Страница 874: ...apter 10 Machine Overview 10 12 2 CCD Image Sensor Overview The CCD Image Sensor is a four color image sensor with three lines for the respective colors R red G green B blue and one line for B W black and white ...

Страница 875: ...Overview 10 12 3 System Configuration The PWBA ESS AIO controls the FAX Scanner and ADF FAX and copy operations are performed according to data entered at the operation panel The following figure shows the system configuration ...

Страница 876: ...1 ADF Motor Rotation power of the ADF Motor is transmitted through the route below ADF Motor GEAR MIDDLE 32T GEAR DRIVE 40 56T GEAR DRIVE 39 55T GEAR 41T GEAR MIDDLE 32T GEAR 20 39T GEAR 51T Spring Clutch GEAR PICKUP 32T GEAR 21 37T GEAR 44T Takeaway Roll Exit Roll Feed Roll Nudger Roll ROLLASSY FED Name of moving parts MiA06013KA ADF PAPER FEED DRIVE ...

Страница 877: ...10 37 Chapter 10 Machine Overview Name of moving parts Takeaway Roll Exit Roll Feed Roll Nudger Roll ...

Страница 878: ...mat parts of manual not used etc Specific errors or deficiencies should be referenced by page and or page number PUBLICATION COMMENT SHEET Mail to your Technical Support Department and they will pass to us Customer Engineer OpCo Technical Support Department FX TS OSG Use black pencil or ink Date Publication No Title of Publication Date and Revision of Publication Description of Error or Deficiency...

Страница 879: ...e CLEAR TAPE Before sealing please be sure that all information is completed on reverse side FUJI XEROX Co Ltd SECOND FOLD CLEAR TAPE Attn TS OSG MinatoMirai Center Bldg 6F 3 6 1 Minatomirai Nishi ku Yokohama shi Kanagawa Japan 220 0012 ...

Отзывы:

Нет отзывов

Бренды по названию

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z

Популярные бренды

Загрузить еще бренды